· 2017-03-08 · E620 Revised RAJASTIIAN STATE POWER CORPORATION LIMITED (Government of...

E620Revised

RAJASTIIAN STATE POWER CORPORATION LIMITED

(Government of Rajasthan)

f. g 6.

EIA, RISK ASSESSMENT AND DMPOF

INTEGRATED SOLAR COMBINED CYCLE POWER PROJECT

MATHANIA, JODHPUR(NATURAL GAS AS FUEL)

APRIL 2002

FT1 -CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES (INDIA) PVT. LTI).57, Nehrui Place (5th Floor), New Delhi -- 110 019

It

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

CONTENTS

CHAPTEI 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 General1.2 Project Background

1.3 Policy Legal And Administrative Framework

1.3.1 Policy and Legal Framework

1.3.2 Administrative Framework

1.3.3 World Bank Directives

1.4 Study Objectives1.5 Methodology1.5.1 Environment1.5.2 Social1.6 Structure of the Report

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction2.2 Site Selection2.3 Plant Features2.3.1 The Solar Plant2.3.2 Combined Cycle Power Plant2.4 Stacks2.5 Fuel Requirement2.5.1 Natural Gas2.5.2 High Speed Diesel (HSD)2.6 Land Requirement2.7 Water Requiremenit2.7.1 Water Carriage System2.7.2 Pipclines2.8 Wastewater Treatment System2 8.1 Sewage Treatment Plant2.8.2 Lfllucnt Treatment Plant2.9 Sludge Disposal2.9.1 Water Treatment Plant2.9.2 Sewage Treatmerit Plant2 10 Greenbelt Development2.11 Chlorine Storage and Storage Conditions

2.12. Heat Transfer Fluid (HTF)2.13 Dedicated Access Roads2.14 Analysis of Altcmativcs2.14.1 Altemative Sites2.14.2 Teclhnology Alternatives2.14.3 Altemative Design and Operation2.14.4 Without Project Scenario

CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.1 Study Area3.2 Physiography3.3 Soil3.4 Geology3.5 Climate & Meteorology3.5.1 Temperature3.5.2 Relative Humidity3.5.3 Rainfall3.5.4 Wind3.6 Air Quality3.7 Noise Levels3.8 Water Quality3.8.1 Surface Water3.8.2 Ground Water3.9 Water Use3.9.1 Ground Water3.9.2 Surface Water3.10 Ecology3.10.1 Flora3.10.2 Fauna3.11 Socio-Economrics3.11.1 Demographic Profile and Literacy level3.11.2 Public Amenities3.11.3 Existing Health Facilities3.11.4 Animal Husbandry3.15 Landuse

CIIAPTl ER 4 ENVIRONNIENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMEIENT

4.1 Introduction4.2 Positive impacts4.3 Adverse'nipacts

4.3 1: Impacts DuIring ConIstructioI1 Pliase

4.3 2 Impacts During Operation Phase

4.3.3 Quantification of Impacts And Matrix Presentation

4.4 Environmental Enhancement

4.5 Quality of Data And Data Gaps

CHAPTER S ENVI.ONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

5.1 Introduction5.2 Summary of Impacts and Destription of Mitigation Measures5.2.S Construction Stage5,2.2 Operational Stage5.3 Institutional Arrangements5.4 Implementation Schedule And Reporting Procedures5.4.1 Environment Management Cell5.4.2 Training & Capacity Building5.5 Monitoring Programnime5.6 Budget For EM

CHAPTER 6 RISK ASSESSMENT

6.1 Introduction6.1.1 High Speed Diesel (HSD) Unloading, Storage and Pumping

Facilities6.1.2 Chlorine Storage And Storage Conditions6.1.3. Heat Transfer Fluid System

6.2. Scope of Study

6.3. Hazard Identification6.3.1 Project6.3.2 Material Hazards6.3.3 Process Hazards6.3.4 Effects of Release6.3.5 Meteorological conditions6.3.6 Damage Criteria6.3.7 Natural Gas Pipeline Failures6.3.8 Potential hazardous Locations and Potential hazar ds.

6.4 Consequence Analysis.6.4.1 Mitigative mcasures6.4.2 Consequence Calculations in Respect of Nattral (Gas6.4.3 Scenario Description6.4.4. Consequence Analysis - Summary

6.5 Natiral Gas System Safety Features

6.6 Recommendations.

CHAPTER 7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN.

7.1 General7.2 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan/onsite Disaster

Management at the Power Plant7.2.1 : During an Emergency.7.2.2 During Normal Time

7.3. Scope of work OSEB at the Proposed Power Plant.7.3. : Elements of Onsite Emergency plan at Power Plant.7.4 : Methodology.7.4.1. Emergencies Identified.7.4.2.: Others

7.5 : Power Plant Controlled Areas - Safely Design Feattlres7.5.1 NG System Safety Features7.5.2 Liquid Fuel Storage Tanks7.5.3. Liquid Fuel Unloading and Forwarding Shed.7.5.4. : Drains Containing Oil.

7.6. Design Criterion of Interlock and Protection System

7.7. GTG and HRSG Control System

7.8. STG Control System

7..9. Central Control RoorlfControl Equipmrnt Room

7.10 Emergency Organization7.10.1. : Essential Emnployees

7.11. - Emergency Facilities7.11.1 : Facilities Proposed to be Maintained at Emergency Cotmrl

Ccnter (ECC)7.11.2 Fire Protection Systcms7.11.3.,: Fire Water Pumps7.. 11.4: lydrant System7.11.5 : Protection of Liquid Fuel Tanks7.11 .6 : Transformers and Turbine Lube Oil Tank Proemction7.11.7 : cable Vaults Projection'7.11.8 Gas Turbine Protection7.11.9: l'ortablc Extinguishers7.11.10-: Locations of first Aid Boxes.7.11.11: Person Trained in First Aid7.11.12: Emergency Power Supply7.11.13: Emergency Escapes-Plants Wise7.11.14: Assembly Point7.11.15: Wind Sock7.11 .16: Emergency Transport

7.12 Emergency Procedures7.12.1 Declaration of Emergency7.12.2 Emergency Shutdown Procedures.7.12.3: Emergency Communication7.12.4 : Whoever Notices Fire or Notices Chlorine lIeak7.12.5.: Waminglalami/communication of Emergency.7.12.6 Emergency Responsibilities7.12.7 Person Noticing Fire or HTF Leak7.12.8: Fire Protection for HSD Tanks

7.13 : Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan7.13.1 : Guideline forEPB7.13.2 : Role of Local Authority7.13.3 : Emergency Exercises and Rehearsals7.13.4 : The Alert System7.13.5 Dccision, on Inmplementation of Protective and Rcmicdial

Measures.7.13.6 : Preparation of Plans for Rehabilitation7.13.7 : Preparation of the Final Report on thc Accident7.13.8 : Evacuation Plans7.13.9 : Specific Recomnnendations for EPP

Annexures

3.1 : Information on Groundwater potential of Mlathlania & adjoiiiingareas

4.1 : Waste water Reutilization

LIST OF TABLES

Tlal1le INo. Title

2.] Details of Stacks and Emissionis with Natural gas as Fticl2.2 Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation of lPlowcr Plant2.3 Comparative Analysis of Different Alternatives

3.1 Physical-Chemical Paraneters of the Soil in hlie Study Rcgion(Summer)

3.2 Physical-Chemical Parameters of the Soil in the Study Re;ion(Post Monsoon)

3.3 Climatological Table of Jodhpur, 1931-19603.4 Climatological Condition of Jodhpur, 1931-19603.5 Monthly Meteorological Data of Masihania - Year 19993.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations3.7 Ambient Air Quality Standards (CPCB)3.8 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results - Pollutant: SPM3.9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results - Pollutant: S023.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results -Pollutant: NOx3.11 Monitoring.Stations3.12 Ambient Air Quality Data3.13 Noise Monitoring Stations3.14 Noise Level Data3.15 Periodic Variation in Water Quality in Jodlhpur (Rajiv Gandhi) Lift

Canal3.16 Analysis Results of Surface Water Sampled

from Jodhpur (Rajiv Gandhi) Lift Canal at Balar%va3.17 Water Sampling Stations3.18 Water Quality Data (Wl - W5)3.19 Water Quality Data (W6 - W10)3.20 Water Quality Data (W 1I - W15)3.21 Salient Features of Indira Gandhi Nahar3.22 Salient Details of (Rajiv Gandhi) Lift Canal3.23 Village-wise Total Population and Literacy Lecel of

Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Study Area3.24 Available Public Amenities in the Study Area

4.1 Predicted NO. Coticentrations4.2 Maximum Fi fly 24-H1our Concenitrationis of NO\4.3 Projected Air Quality Scenario - Pollutant: NO,4.4 Projected Air Quality Scenario at Habitations (24.1hrs. Maxinuim)

- Pollutant: NIO)4.5 Projected Air Quality Scenario at Hablialtions (Ann.al Averauc)

- Pollutant: NOx

4.6 Projected Air Quality Scenario at Cultivated. Area- Pollutant: NO,

4.7 Characteristics of Untreated Domestic Sewage4.8 Characteristics of Treated Domestic Sewage4.9 Impact Assessment Matrix during Construction Phase4.10 Impact Assessment During Operation Phase

5.1 Monitoring Schedule5.2 Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Protection5.3 Operation Cost5.4 RSPCL Personnel Cost

LIST OF FIGURES

Fig. No. Title

2000-083/EC/SR-1.1 Annual Mean Daily Global Solar Radiation In India2000-083/EC/CIWS-2.1 Concept of ISCC wvithout storage2000-083/EC/PL-2.2 Plant Layout2000-083/ECILM-2.3A & B Location Maps2000-083/EC/WB-2.4 Water Balance Diagram For Power Platu2000-083/EC/SA-3.1 Slope And Slope Analysis Map2000-083/EC/SS-3.2 Location Map of Soil Sampling Stations2000-083/ECIWR-3.3 Wind Rose Diagrarn (Winter Scasow)20(0-083/EC/WR-3.4 Wind Rose Diagram (Summer Season)2000-083/EC/WR-3.S Wind Rose Diagram (Post Monsoon Scason)2000-0S3/EC/AQ-3.6 Location Map of Air Quality Monitoring Stations2000-083/EC/NQ-3.7 Location Map of Noise Quality M4oniloring Stintiolis2000-083/EC/WQ-3.8 Location Map of Water Quality Mvonitoring Staltions2000-083/EC/WQ-3.9 Groundwater Potential Map2000-083/EC/DD-3.10 Drainage and Drainage Density .Map2000-083/EC/LM-3. 11 Land use and Settlement Map2000-083/EC/SW-4.1 Stability Wind Roses (Summer 1999)2000-083/EC/SW-4.2 Stability Wind Roses (Monsoon 1999)2000-083/EC/SW-4.3 Stability Wind Roses (Post Monsoon 1999)2000-083/EC/SW-4.4 Stability Wind Roses (Winter 1999)2000-083iEC/IP-4.5 Isopleths of NO_(Annual Average)2000-083/EC/IP-4.6 Isopleths of NO, (24 Hour Maximiumii)2000-083/EC/IP-4.7 Plots on South and West of the Plant site (200

m. strip)2000-083/EC/ETP-5.1 Schematic Diagram of ETP2000-083/EC/STP-5.1 Schematic Diagram of STP200(-083/EC/CD-5.3 Conceptual Design of Greenbelts2()0J-083/l C/EMP-5.4 Flow Chart of EMP

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYProject Dcscription

The Rajasthan State Power Corporation Ltd. (RSPCL) has been established by the Govt. ofRajasthan (GOR) to build, own and operate Integrated Solar Combined Cycle (ISCC) PowerPlant of 140 MW capacity at Mathania, District Jodhpur. Mathania is situated in the western parlof Rajasthan, which is dominated by large stretches of desert land. The project site at Mathaniahas a predominant rural surrounding. There is no polluting or large industry in the vicinity. nor isthere any possibility of such inidustries coming up in future: After the establishmenl Of the powelplant some small industries and cottage indusiries may come up whichi will help in the economiiicdevelopment of thc region without causing environmental problem.

The proposed project is a 140 MW Integrated Solar Combined Cycic Powcr Plant with iol SlirComponent of 35 MW & a non-solar component of 105 MW using natural gas as fuel. Thc solarcomponcnt consists of a solar steam generating system and the Combined Cycle Unit consists olGas Turbine Generators of about 70 MW capacities, Heat Recovery Steam Generators and oneSteam Turbine Generator. This Configuration gives maximum operational flexibility for (heplant.

The proposed site for the power plant is 30 km from Jodhpur, in Mathania village. Its coordinatesare 26030'N & 73O02' E & is close to Jodhpur- Mathania - Phalodi State Highway. The nCarsilrailway station is Mathania, at a distance of 3km from the site.

T'he ownership of 100 ha land has been transferred to RSPCL. RSPCL is in the process ofacquiring additional land of about 22 ha. Natural Gas to be used as fuel will be transpoicttethiotigh pipelines from Kota.

The estimated water requirement for the project is 9.37 MLD and is proposed to be mel fromJodhpur Lift Canal. Sewage and Effluent Treatment Plants will be provided to treat domestic%kastewa(er and inidustrial wastes respectively. The treated sewage anid wastew%ater will heuLtilized fot developinent of greenbelt inside the plant.

The sludge water will be thickened anid concentrated to form sludge cakes, wvhich vcill be Owsedfor landfill in vicinity of ETP. 100% of treated wastewater will be utilized hor green beltdcvelopmenit, thus there xvill be no discharge outside the plant.

l.eral Policy and Administrative Framework

AccordiLig to the MOEF Notification of 10"' April 97 the following projects do not reCqUirccnvironimental clearance from the Cenitral Government. The State Govt. is empowered to granwclearancc For thcsc projects.

- Coal based power plants up to 250 MW using conventional tecinoloigics- Gas/Naphtha based plants up to 500 MW.

i} ",T-,1,, u0 r083 ra (J)''eCl rVLpr)2 l lCxe(f;iu e Sllu , eljnrn , I, t EC

TIis project, 14(0 MW Solar Combined Cycle Power Plant is partly "Solar based" and partl%"Natural Gas" and thus does not attract the provision of environmental clearance fiom thc.NI OEF.

l his project rcquircs the following clearances:

* Clearance fromii the Government of Rajasthan as per MOEF Notification I0"' April 97* Clearance (NOC) from the Rajasthan Pollution Control Board under the Air (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 & Water (Preventiorn& Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

WVorld Bank Guidelines and Policies:

Operational Policies and Directives applicable to the project are as follows:

* Operational Policy 4.01 (Jan 99) : Environmental Assessment

As per OP 4.01, Environmental Assessment of this project should include:

Environmental Impact Assessment;Environmental Management Plan;Hazard and Risk Assessment

Enviromnental Assessment (EA) is required to ensure that the project proposed for thcBank's financing is environmentally sound and sustainable and environimenlialconsiderations are given adequate weightage during project selection. siting and design. EAexamines project alternatives, identifies ways of improving project selection, siting.planning and design and also includes the mitigation measures for adverse environmentalimpacts. Preventive measures are however, preferred by the Bank over nlitigalormeasuires.

FA takes into account the

- Natural Environment (Air, Water, Soil)- Social Aspects (involuntary Resettlemilenlt. hidigenoLis people & culItIur;al propcnl I

I lumanil 1-Icalth and Sacety

Natlura & Social Aspects are considered in an integrated way. Variations in project Cllidcoun1try conditions, National Environmental Actionl Plans, counItry's ovcrall policyframevwork, institutional capabilities related to environmental and social aspects alsorequire due consideration.

Pollution abatement measures and emission levels acceptable to tlic Bank are outlilled In"Pollitioni Prevention & Abatement Handbook". However, Enviroimelineital Assessmeint canrecommend alternative emission levels in accordance witlh Bo0TOwVer country's legislation.butt this necds to be thoroughly justified in the EA report.

1). .,3,1( ,I ,12J0(r) J8.11r*cited rparItlExccsuIliv'e Swn'wary.dc 2 2 E

* Operational Directives 4.20 and 4.30 are niot applicable as the project docsn't afilct1ndigcnoLIs Pcoplc nor does it involve any Involuntary Resettlement.

Baseline Ia(at

lBasclinc lnvironmilicntal Coniditions have been studied within a radius of 10 kmii firomi project sitc.

Large part of the Jodhptir district falls under the Rajasthan Plain whiich comprises a part t1'Indian Thar Dcscrt (Marusthali) aind Bagar areas to the west of Aravalih. The proticct area fallls n1

Cisnilic /.onc I as per IS code 1893-1894 (4 "h edition). Soil collected and analyzed duringlascline study rcvcaled that it is sandy in nature, porous and vell drained.

A ii ix of'.sirlenics iff iemperato rc, uince-taiin rainfall and long peli'o ofti tI rvicss iizark lilt'c chimi..1xof the region.

I'cnilpcraturc riscs contitnuously from March to May, the hot tmontils of the yar. I lot, LIdy a;ldscnrching winds blow during the summer season. January is the coldest month. Rainfall recordcdiit Mathania is confined to the monsoon months i.e. June to September. Total rainfall recorded atMathania is 290.4 mm. Seasonal wind rose diagrams for Mathania for year 1999 showed thlal theprevalent wind direction throughout the year is mostly southwest.

The ambient air quality was monitored through a monitoring network of 20 sampling station for3 seasons (summer, post-monsoon, winter) during 1996-97. The results revealed that themaximum SPM concentration (210 Itg/m3 ) occurred at sol.ar observatory, Mathania. This ismarginally above the standard (200 igim3) prescribed by CPCB. For othor parameters, RPM.SO2 , NOx, all values were within CPCB prescribed'limits. To validate the existing air qualitydata, sampling was carried out in September 2000 at the following three moniloring stations dsshown in the Table below:

Monitorinig Stationis

Sr. No. Location Distance and Land UseDirection

1. Solar Observatory at Mathania I km & South-East Rural

i 2. Chauipasni Village I km & South-West Rural & Residential l

|3*. | Bhainser Kutri Village 5 km & North-West Rural & Residential

It was observed that, Solar Observatory at Mathania recorded (208.9 pg nl') whicih was slightlyhi;,her than the prescribed limit. The rest of the paramelers wcre wNithin the prescribed linit olCPCB.

I ) , ,, ^, ,,1) WxJt (',,i,'ci t{lst r('pbflEXCCU/iI rSum,,,lrtlt|ctoc 3

I hc rcstilts orair quI.ality monitoring (during September 2000) are prc-sented in tle tablc below:

Baseline Air Quality Results (pa.grm3)

(Monitoring Station ISPM RPNI S02 NO,Solar Observatory at Mathania 208.9 40.4 23.3 34.2Chaupasni Village 136.5 34.1 7.4 I 8.SBhainser Village 135.7 1 34.1 |5.3 12.4CPCB Standard 200 : I _

Source; Field Monitoring Conducted by CES-

Baseline noise levels monitored at 20 different locations durino three seasons (summer, postmonsoon and winter) showed that noise level are within pernissible values (CPCB Standards)for day and night.

Ground water samples collected from 15 locations within 25 n mradius showed that hardness,dissolved solids, nitrates and fluorides are on the higher side in most of the locations. Thisindicates that the water can be used for all other domestic purposes except for drinking.

The only surface water source in the vicinity of the proposed power plant site is Jodhpur Liftcanal. Water required for the proposed power plant will supplied from this canal.

Thc study area is of sandy desert type with very little vegetation. The predominanit speciesinclude various species of Acacia, Prosopis spicigera, Zvgiphiis n:auridiayti. Z.xylopyra. SomIC ofthe multipurpose species introduced in the area are AZadirachra indicai. Dalbergia larifolici.I'elonix regia. Pongawnia pinnata and Polyalthia 1ongifolia.

Faunla comprising of camels, sheep, goats, cattle, donkeys. pies. dogs and cats are mOstcommonily found in and around the villages within the study area.

The aquatic ecosystem has been :,tudied by collecting water samrne from an in-igation canal I 5km away from the site. Diversity index of phytoplankton and z ooplanktons were found to behigh tilereby indicating a well diversificd community and good Xv ater qulality.

The social survey revealed that the land of 100 ha eamiarked for the proposed po\ver plant is ntbei,g used for any other purpose, thus there is no conflict rega%.ine land use. Thle sUrvey antidlconsuliationi withi pcople in lthe project influence area revealed a: ihey wclconic th'C plroject. a1s,his will havc positive impact oni the economic development in zarca. Comrensasation vill hcpaid for the private land acquisition. Thee are no religious struct:.-t. ecological sensiive area orhistorical monlumc)ns around the project area. Medical facilities Nlathania will catel thc heCalt hircqulilemcits of thc wvorkers including prevention of sexually ita:ns:itited discascs.

I) .,,.,i,,aCO), (1,Hcr,ced reporA/,uYcruiiv Sulint,aS .dnc 4 EC

Envir onmental Impacts

Impacts ol iec proposed project are discussed as follows:

iParameters Source of Pollution!Negative ImpactsDuring Construction PhaseAirQualitv' Loading/unloading & transportation of constiLuctiOnl

materialsNoise Level Use of construction equipmentsIWater Quality Sullage & Sewage generated from labour shedsSoil Construction activities viz. excavation, backfilling&

i___________________ spillage leading to altering of characteristics of top soilDurinig Operation PhaseAir Qualitv Emissionl of NOx fromil power phmtNoise Lcvcl Gas turbine and steam turbinesW;Icr Qii:1l-iy ln(ltisIrial Ffflucnt, Domostic Waste} Socio-cconomily AggS,ravation of the existing poor medical facilities in

I_________________ Mathania! Positive Impacts

Socio economy Improved supply of electricity, growth of employmentEnvironment Use of clean technology leading to reduction of green I

house gases resulting in carbon savings |

Efforts to Minimize Impacts

The power plant is not likely to deteriorate the environment at any time as the predicted andhascline conccitration cumulatively are well within the air quality stanidards of CPCB. Also tliccontribution of SO,, would be negligible and NOx from the power plant wvould be less to causcany significant adverse impact.

I-he noise lcvels generated during operation of power plant will mingic w\ith background noiscnear planit bounidaty and will not effectively increase noise level in the surnoundiig.

Likewise, the negative impact on water quality and soil are not significanlt enoughi and suitable

MitigationI mcasures suggested will reduce or eliminate these effects.

Einvironmental Management Plan

Ilic rcspioisibilily lor dcsigning thc mitigative measurcs arc delegated to thc Project Propuin eot(RSPCL). wfiich is in the present context is to mobilizc the appropriatc expeltisc to mitiggate thcadverse impact.

In ConsLiltatioll wvith the Department of Horticulture, Department of Forestry of Governmentof Rajasthani and Central Arid Zone Research Institute (CAZRI) Jodhpiur. \vill implciicin hlic,reen belt developmenit plan.

r c,,hna',,,2000 1SY C,,rrcc/ sepodtlfrEcCfiin.Ilfll.c S

'lihc District Collector would grant necessary permissions to the client for acquiring thc landand( disbursinlg compcnsation to the project affected people when actual acquisition takes placc.

Revenue Department would cooperate with the client in fixing up the compensation for the landacquisitioni and disbursal of compensation to the Project Affected People.

Department of Environment would advise and help the client for sorting ouIt variouscnvironmenital issucs including implementation of various environmenital meastircs andregulationis. They would be responsible for guidance to maintain ecolooical balance in andaround the project area.

Construction Contractor, the problems arising out of the construction sites and labour campsare to be controlled by him. This includes provision of fuel wood to the lablourers and provisionof proper sanitation facilities at the project site.I-or proper ilpicimemietation of mitigative measures Environmental Managemenit Ccll will beestablished. Environment Management Cell constituted by RSPCL will be Ihe prinic agenicy ['01bmonitorinig activities during construction and operation stage of the project. Thc implemenitalionof the post project monitoring will be the main responsibility of the EMC. A tcam of comprisinwgof Environmental Engineers and Scientists, would man the activities of tile cell. Anenvironmental scientist of the rank of the Manager would over all head the Cell. The Managelshould posses a Postgraduate Degree in Sciences and Management and will have sound workillnknowledge in the field of environmental law and policy aspects. In addition to the abovequalification, he should also have knowledge in rnnuing the environmental winig for a minimumperiod of fifteen years. Engineer (Water & Sanitation) will have a degree in civil engineeringwith Masters in Environmental Engineering, and Engineer (Safety) will have a post graduatedegree either in Electrical Engineering/ Mechanical Engineering. Both the engineers should havea minimllum experience of four to five years in a Power plant in handlino wvater and sanitatiolnaspects and fire and safety issues.

Monitoring and analysis of various environmcntal paranmeters and fire safety measures will hec;riiCi out as per thc guidelines laid down by Govemment of Rajasthan, Gox'ernmcnt of lndiiand World Bank guidelines.

The pollution emitted during the construction and operation stages will be reguilarly mollitoredby the project proponent (EMC) with the help of a local agency, which is recognized by Statepollution Control Board. The Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board -ill make occasionalclhccks.

D:ti, clinUtl20O 0831( torreced lrepoiit11-eciiiii e Stwln;laliarydnc 6 tC

Monitoring Schedule

SI. No. Components Sampling Location Frequency Methiod of Saniplingand Analysis

I ArbAmlicnt Air Quality (SPM, At two locations Once a week As per CPCB

RPMI. SO. NO, CO, HC) _ j

I2. Stack Monitoring (CO, HIC At stacks Once a month As pci ClPC13

_______ and NOx)

3 Water Quality (Physical, Two samples Once a month IS 245S

Chemical and Biological (1966,6S. 74) &:

Parameters) APHAIAV\VA

4 QNoise Levels At two locations Once a moilth As pcr CPCB

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

AIll-IA American Public Health Associatcs

AWWA: Amcrican Water Works Association

Regular training programmes will be held at the project site to train the Power Plant staff inusing various safety devices and other relevant equipment. Specialists from various fields ofenvironment, power plant engineering, health and fire safety would impart the traininig. Thetraining would mainly focus on how to handle emergency situation. The selected staff w0ould besent to various Research Institutes and Management Institutions to enhance their skills. Thetraining would be imparted either in the foreign countries or in India depending on the suitability

and convenience

EMP BudgetBudgetary Cost Estimates for Enviroomental Protection

I Sr. Item Particulars Assumptions Capital Recur-ringl N'o. _________________Cost (Rs.) Cost (Rs.)

I Provision of Lump sum 2,500,000;- 500,000o.Sanitation at per anWorkers' Colony

2 Greenbclt Major Tree Plantation 900,000 - I 50.000:-

Dcvelopment (Estimate enclosed) per alim tul! ~ ~ ~ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ .__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (L u m pl) su m Il

. fl UNicnt Lump Suiml 8.152.70'l li'- 12 ?()0 perri Tcatinent Plant . molitli

i 4 Sewage Lump sum'i 1.750.0)0'- 75.000 perTIreatment Plant . _ _ __._._ onth_

! jr, h,j,, 2'i) (iV? Cor(rI'd rel, l .l.eCl/,jvc ' Sw,i,,v ,rvj.i. 7 EC

Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Operation of the proposed power plant would involve handling of natural gas, Higll SpecedDiesel, Heat Transfer Fluid (HTF) and Chlorine. All the above-men(ioned material exceptnatural gas are hazardous. The Risk Assessment and Disaster Managemcnit Plan has becn takcnup with a main objective to implement mitigative measures in case of emergencics. 'Ilicagencies/departments are also identified to handle any case of emergency in the plant. The duticsof the attending personnel have also been described.

Conclusion

A detailed analysis of the Potential Impacts resulting from the proposed project revealed that thL:benefits outweigh the negative impacts. Thus in essence, the project is environlmentall\ antdsocially favourable.

: *,,I,o . H)( l ,3( i,7rcdzrcpo,I EvccuUic S',oin0mrv.0doc 8 EV

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTRISK ASSESSMENT AND

DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

I , ,

E(

CHAPTER 1

IN'I'RODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

Energy demand in India is now primarily being met through comiibustion of fossil fuclssuch as coal, oil or natural gas. Continued use of fossil fuels to meet the growing powerdemand will not only deplete the finite fossil fuel reserves of the country but alsoincrease emission of the green house gases (GHGs).

To cash in on the natural solar radiation potential, Government of Rajasthan (GOR)proposes to set up a 140 MW Integrated Solar Combined Cycle Power Plant at Mathaniiain Jodhpur district. The capital cost of stand-alone solar thermnal installation is currcntly2.5 to 3 times that of fossil fuel based options. This may prohibit solar thermal powxergeneration from drawing funding support in case investment decisions were based solelyon conventional financial considerations.

Howcvcr, the very concem for CO2 emission reduction justifies a shift in focus fromlconventional technology option to the solar option. It is increasingly recognized thatpromotion of solar installations into the mainstream is contingent upon lowering ofcapital cost of the solar projects. Therefore, special grants/fund allocation is required forpromotion of such technology for environrnental benefit in general and emissionreduction in particular with special positive implication to global wvarming. The AnilualMean Daily Global Solar Radiation in India is shown in Drawing No. 2000 089/EC/SR-1.1.

1.2 PROJECT BACKGROUND

(Govcrnnmcnt of India constituted a high-power Experts' Group in 1990 to work outstrategies for exploring the solar power potential in the State. The Group recommeindedMathania as a potential site for installation of a solar thermal project. BHEL, SOLEL ofIsrael, EIL and Fitchner Development Engineering (FDE) of Genmany were subsequentlyengaged to carry out techno-economic investigations to explore ilte potential for solarenergy development in the region. After detailed study FDE eventually recomlllenided a140 MW Integrated Solar Combined Cycle (ISCC) installationl as the most feasibleoptioll. The installation would consist of a 35 MW solar componncit based on1 parabolictrough technology, along with a 105 MW combined cycle comlponlenlt. Based on tllisrecommncidation, Rajasthan State Power Corporation Litmited (RSPCL). a statcgovcrn1inc11t undctlaking contcmplates installation of thlc 140 M\\ ISCC po'vclr projcct altMatlhalia.

To enable the RSPCL overcome the cost constraints Global Environmental Facility(GEF) and MNES (Govt. of India) sanctioned $45 million and Rs.500 millionrespectively as grants. KfW of Germany provides an additionial DM\ 250 millionl to mectthe gap in the installation and associated development costs.

To study the environmental implications of the project RSPCL appointed ConsLhiltlEnegirccring Services (India) Pvt.Limited to conduct an Environmental ImpactAsscssnticnit (EIA). Earlier, an EIA study was conducted based on naplitha as the fucl f!or

1 A ,. .. srl. .. 1 rluls.@_ ......... .EC

the combined cycle component. It is now proposed do an EIA study based on natural -asas the fuel.

1.3 POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

1.3.1 Policy and Legal Framework

The Govemment of India through specific legislations regulates the environmentalmanagement system in the country. The ministries/statutory bodies responsiblc forensuring environmental compliance by project promoters and general public include:

* The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF), Govt. of Iidia* Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)* State Pollution Control Boards* Ministry/Department of Environment in the States'

hei legal lifamiework for environimenital imaniageniciit includc:

* Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986* Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, of 1974* Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1981.* The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 under Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986* Forest (conservation) Act 1980 and as amended in 1988, which stipulates compensatorv

afforcstation for diversion of forest land for non forest purposes.* Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972* The MOEF Notification of 27 Jan 1994 on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA of

Development Projects along with subsequent amendments.* The MOEF notification of 2 0 'h Feb'1991 along with subsequent amendments dated 9V!

July 1997 and 4 th August 2000 on Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ).

1.3.2 Administrative Framework

According to EIA Notification of 1994 establishment/expansion of power plants requireenivironiment clearance, for which EIA study is required to be carried out.

Under Schedule I of MOEF notification of 10th April, 1997, Coal based power planis upto 250 MW using conventional technologies and Gas/Naphtha based plants up to 500MW (16 not require a separate clearance from the Ministry of Enwironment and Forcst.Govt. of India. Power has been conferred under this notification to lhe State Govt. toprovide clearance for such projects.

Hencc the clearances required by the project are:

Clearance (No objection certificate) from Rajasthan Pollution Control Board unider \Vater(Prevecntion and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974 and Air (Prevenlion and Colntrol ofPollution) Act of 198 1.

(Ic.irxlick Iroilt (GflivCI1i1:11l of l(djasthaiIl 111dUi MOvlcTI I1OtiIit.iott diitcd 10U'' April1997.

1.3.3 Worcld B;1ilk Directives

Operational Policies and Directives applicable to the project are as follows:

* Opcrational Policy 4.01 (Jan 99): Environmental Assessment

As per OP 4.01, Environmental Assessment of this project should include:

Environmental Impact Assessment;Environnmeltal Managemllenit Plan;Hazard and Risk Assessment

Environmental Assessment (EA) is required to ensure that the projcct proposed for thcBanlk's luanlcinig is cnvironmentally sound and sustainable and cnvironmicialconsiderations are given adequate weight age during project selection, siting and design.EA cxamines project alternatives, identifies ways of improving project selection, siting,planning and design and also includes the process of adverse mitigating environmenitalimpacts. Preventive measures are however, preferred by the Bank over mitigativemeasures.

EA takes into account the

- I:Natural Environment (Air, Water, Soil)- Social Aspects (Involuntary Resettlement, Indigenous people & cultural property)- Human Health and Safety

Natural & Social Aspects are considered in an integrated way. Variations in project anidcountry conditionis, National Environmental Action Plans, country's overall policyframework, institutional capabilities related to environmental and social aspects alsorcquirc due consideration.

Pollution abatement measures and emission levels acceptable to the Bank are outlined in"Pollution Prevention & Abatement Handbook". However, Environmenital Assessmentcan recommend alternative emission levels in accordance with Bonoower country'slegislation, but this needs to be thoroughly justified in the EA report.

Opcrational Directives 4.20 and 4.30 are not applicable as the project docsn't affectIndigenous People nor does it involve any Involuntary Resettlement.

1.4 STUDY OBJECTIVES

Tile basic objectives of the present study are as follows:

* Review of existing EIA report, whichi includes an Enviroimienit Managciiemint Plan(EMP) and a Disaster Management Plan (DMP).

* Identi fy the-shortcomings of the Report and modify the samc.* Identify additional rclevant aspects that will enhance the project acceptance by GEF.

D. rD,,:ItOJfAS.tko,, 'dcIQ*IIfiJcs ChAP I dor ,1 EC

* Assist RSPCL in preparation of material for presentation before GEF.

1.5 METHODOLOGY

1.5.1 Environment

The consultants adopted the work methodology along the following lincs to Iliect theabove objectives:

- Review of the existing EIA and the Feasibility Reports and the available relevantdata/information;

- Reconnaissance visit to the site;- Collection of additional field data to fill the data gaps;- Visit to gas-based Anta Power Plant (319 MW) of NTPC at Kota for precedence

study;- Compilation and analysis of data;- Prcparalion of iodilied EIA Report; and- Preparation of presentation material to assist RSPCL in presentation beforc the

GEF.

1.5.2 Social

The socio - economic study was carried out with the following objectives:

* Assess the Impact of the project on the people living in the vicinity of the proposedproject plant site (As has been defined in the conceptual report the impact zone isdemarcated as 5 km around the boundary wall of the plant).

* Ascertain the Land ownership pattem around the project site (specific to I 000mn fromthe plant boundary).

* Ascertain the land use at the proposed site to assess the possibility of any conflictwith the local community with respect to grazing cf livestock.

* Assess the potential of growth of small-scale industries and handicraf; industries.* Assess the potential of employment opportunities for the local population due to the

implementation of the project (with focus on project affected people, if any).

The following methodology was adopted. The social impact assessment was carried outin two phases. Thefirstpiase is the review of available data, identification of data gaps.and collection of additional data like,

- District Revenue Map with all the villages and the village boundaries marked onit.

- Village map with plant area marked on it and the Village Khasra Map wvithKhasra numbers of the villages falling within l 000m fronm the plant boundary.

- Secondary data from the District Census Handbook, 1991 on thcdemography/occupation patternlamenities/etc, of the villagtes around the projectsite.

The secoda hIJase involved conductillg a socio-econoniiic perceptionl sur-vey to drawopinions about the project among ihe pQpulation within the imiipact area (as definicd

Dw. rhW&2O,h.OS.n l rv 4 EC

ah)vc). ITis survcy was limiied to 25% of thc villages withiin thc impact ,ollc. Of thcscvillagcs 25% of the population was contacted to collect relevant infonnation.

For thc purposc of primary data collection, the checklist finalized witli the clicnil vascanvasscd on the field to conduct this survey. Emphasis was also laid on infomialdiscussion with the people in the impact zone, discussions with the village elders andfunctionaries like village panchayat members. The discussions and surveys were intendedto elucidate the perception of the people about the project, their suggestions foiimprovement, and any other positive or negative impacts as seen by the people living inthe region. For conducting the survey the people were given a brief about the project. thetype of fuel to be used, and any impacts whatsoever foreseen.

The survey facilitated in not only spreading awareness among the villagers in the impaiclarea, but also in gaining their support during the project implemenitation and operationstages. The consultations also helped in suggesting mitigation measures for any adverseimpacts foreseen during the construction and operation phases.

The perception survey helped in bringing forward details of the land use pattemn witihrespect to agriculture, horticulture, industrial, residential, commercial, etc. and alsohelped in identifying the agricultural practices about traditional or new technologies inagriculture anJ the cropping pattern and irrigation systems. Further, the non-land bascdand animal husbandry occupations were also identified through the survey.

1.6 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

The report is structured as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chaptcr 2: Project Description

Chaptcr 3: Baseline Environmental Setting

Cliapter 4: Environmental Impact Assessment

Chlapter 5: Environment Management Plan

Chapter 6: Risk Assessment

Chapter 7: Disaster Management plan.

_ .d_

LEGEND'NATIONAL BOUNDARY -- -

SFINAGAR/ < CONTOUR

~ AMMUJ tIMLA

| *t:&NDIGARN

w v -% - T_A t4AGA *)'JILLR -- '~,v GAN gTOK'~.

,'JOIYHPUR>FLiKO ''1-

Rv lnAltJ_ PWDS.AS 5f I E R+ETAND tT St OT .~ PAN IARTALA 7IM FAL NTC

\^ z} s nuoL I -* CALCUTTA <9 Of r OlRECTtY OR NT PUBUSD AND tS TO SOL- / - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PROPERlY OF CONStLlI1J ENC1HEINM= sEJvICES C:ND0m)BHOPAlf- ~ 5P.L~

9 ~ULMft AND IS ISSUE To THE pARIy F-OR THE SpECIMICALCUTTA J PUR'OSE AS ~~~~~~~~~STATED IN TH ACREEIjENT AND IT SIA1l. NOTBHOPA( i' /> s S PURtPOSE AS1 COPIED. LF OR OTHERIT ISE DISPOSED~~ I? I. / 1CALCUTTA CIT DIRECTLY ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~OR INDJIRECTLY. NOR USED F'OR ANY OTHECR

BOMBAY t VHUBAN,AR RAJASTAN STATE POWER CORPORATION LIMITED-OFROJECTLBOME3AY II|P(I

s t I I . / EIA STUDY OF PROPOSED 140MW INTEGRATEDSOLAR COMBINED CYCLE(ISCC) POWER PROJEC

\ r_ > HYDERABAD -, . AT MATHANIA.PANAJI ~~~~~~~~~~~ HYDERABAD ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~:IPUbSE Elk REPORTPANAJI

.. t

I III /

ISSUED D DASGUPTAz S F fORAPPSOVI. - ;o l aAIO-.i>( I MADRAS -SCALE NTS ENVIRRONMENT & ECOLOGY

* * 8 \ \BANGALQRE ICH o ORT BLAIRN.K Annual Mean Daily Global% v ,,,, *p PORT BLAIR O Solar Radialon ln India*O : \, /, , j A NK SRINIVA (In KWhlSq.m/day)9<SX ( X I, ..A~~!~ D.1

1TRIY<MDRUM ArMI'rovrO ' OII?(;.No:2000,083/EC/SR- 1.1ITI 7 CONSUJLING ENCINLERING SCrIVICES (INDIA) LIMIEC

°@% _ _-57. MANJUSIA MMO. Stih ILOOR NEIRU PLACE NEW OELHI

CHAPTER 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER -2

I'ROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter details out the site selection criteria, location, plant features, wastegeneration, fuel and water requirement of the proposed 140 MW Integrated SolarCombined Cycle (ISCC) Power Plant. These are briefly described in the followingparagraphs. The schematic diagram showing the concept of ISCC Power Project isshown in Drawing no.2000-083/EC/PL-2.1. The plant layout and adjoining areas andlocation map are shown in Drawing No.2000-083/EC/PL-2.2 and 2000-083/EC/LlMl-2.3 A & B.

2.2 SITE LOCATION

Thc western rcgion of Rajasthan, which is part of the vast Thar Desert, has the highcstsolar insulations. Most of these areas have law rainfall and sparse vegetation and areideal lbtr solar thermal power generation. The proposed site is situated at a distance of30 km from Jodhpur, in Mathania village. Its coordinates are 26" 30' N and 73' 02' Land is located close to Jodhpur-Mathania-Phalodi State Highway. The nearest railwaystation is Mathania, which is at a distance of 3 kIm. A 132 KV Grid Sub-station islocated in Mathania itself.

2.3 PLANT FEATURES

The proposed project is a 140 MW (nominal capacity) Integrated Solar CombinedCyclc Power Plant which will have a solar component of 35 MW and a non-solarcomponent, with natural gas as fuel, of 105 MW. The proposed configuration willservc base load requirements. The salient features of the plant are described below.

2.3.1 T'he Solar Plant

It is proposed to provide an advance model of solar field. The solar field of the systemnis composed of arrays of solar collector assemblies (SCA). The SCA consists of'parabolic trough, positioning system and local control system. The mirrored parabolictroughls concentrate direct beam of solar radiation on a heat collection element (lACE).An advanced local microprocessor controller in conjunction with a suil sensol- isprovided to keep the collectors focused during period of sufficient insulationls. [heaxis of the solar collector assemblies will be oriented in the north-south direction.

The lleat Transfer Fluid (HTF) system will be closed loop. The heat transfer fluid. aeutiectic mixtiure of Diphenyl/Biphenyl oxide, is circulated through solar fields whereit will be heatcd. 'I'he heated fluid is supplied through a inizi header to hcalexchanlgers located in the power block. The solar heated HTF generates steami in thcheat exchangers known as Solar Steam Generators.

The stcam generated from the solar component and from wasie heat boilers in gasturbinie (GT) will be sent to common high pressure (HP) steam tiubiie. The steaml isrchieated before being fed to thie lower pressure (LP) casing.. The condensate will be

cotlcd and sent back to thc system for recycling. DM water will be added to tileconidensate to make up for the losses in the system.

Tlec major components of the proposed solar plant are summrarized below:

* Solar Collector Assembly

* Reflector Panels

* -Heat Collection Element

* Tracking System

* Structural Support

* Ficld Control System

* Heat Transfer Fluid (HTF) System

* HTF Pumps

2.3.2 Combined Cycle Power Plant

The combined cycle power plant will produce 105 MW power using natural gas as afuel. There will be gas turbine generators of about 70 MW capacities, Heat RecoverySteam Generators (HRSG) and one steam turbine. Natural Gas is fired in the gasturbines and flue gases then passed into HRSG for heat recovery from flue gas forproducing steam. The additional steam from solar plant is integrated into the HRSGand further superheated by the flue gas. The power block located at the northlern endof solar field will include:

* Gas Turbine Generators

* Steam Turbine Generators

* I leat Recovery Steam Generator

* FIuel Supply System

* Fuel Storage Area

* Waste Treatment Plant

* Heat E-xchanger, Pumps and Piping

* Cooling Water Plant

* Water Treatment Plant

* Auxiliary Plant .and Emergency Diesel Set

2 EC

2.4 STACKS

Two stacks will be provided. The details of the stack as well as pollutant emissionsare presented in Table No.2. 1.

2.5 FUEL REQUIREMENT

2.5.1 Natural Gas

Tne proposed power plant will use natural gas as primary fuel. Gas Authority of lndiaLimited (GAIL) will supply Natural Gas from a suitable location near Anta in Kotadistrict. Pipelines will be laid for this purpose from this place to the power plant.

2.5.2 Highi Speed Diesel (HSD)

The HSD will be used as a secondary fuel fof start-up and shutdown of the gas turbines.This w'ould be received through road. The HSD system will comprise:

A tank of about 100 m; capacity (6 m diameter x 4.5 m heighit)

* 2 (Two) x 100% unloading pumps each of about 20 m3/hr. capacity

* 3 (Three) forwarding pumps (one for each of two Gas Turbines and one standby)

2.6 LAND REQUIREMENT

The ownershlii of 100 ha land has been transferred to RSPCI.. It has alrecdy beclacquired and a compound wall constructed all around the site. There are no settlemenitsor pcople living in this area. Thus, there is no displacement involved. No tribalcommunities are located in the study area. Hence, there is no requirement of indigenousdevelopment plan to be devised. Some additional land around thc existing site is beingacquired for making solar field symmetrical and for constructiott of water storagefacilities at of take point on Rajive Gandhi Lift Canal.

2.7 WATER REQUIREMENT

Estimated water requirement is 9.37 MLD. This includes domestic water requiiemelitfor the township inside the plant premises (about 0.144 MLD). The requirement ofwater for different power plant processes is presented in Table No.2.2. \Vater balancediagram for the power plant is shown in Drg. No.2000-083/EC/AB-2.4. The \waterrequirement is proposed to be met from the Indira Gandhi Canal through Rjive GandhiLift Canal (JLC).

2.7.1 WVater Carriage System

lntake near Balarwa villagc (14.7 km long water carriage) has becin considered mostsuitable for carrying the raw water to the Power Plant from JLC. Villagers en roulte willbe allowed to use water from this source by providing tapping tacilIties at suitablepoinits.

2.7.2 Pipelines

The 13.8 km long pipeline for carrying raw water firom JLC will be mostly undergrounld

(I10.875 km). In the stretch with hard rock strata, the pipelines will be above the groundlevel (3.825 kni) with propcr support structure. All pipelines (other than MS pipes) willbe laid using socket and spigot type joints.

2.8 WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM

2.8.1 Sewage Treatment Plant

The quantity of domestic wastewater to be generated is about 0.105 MLD fromii thetownship area and service area. A Sewage Treatrent Plant will be provided to treat thedomestic wastewater. Treated sewage will be utilized in the greenbelt area.

2.8.2 Effluent Treatment Plant

An effluent treatment plant will be provided for treating industrial waste. The treatcdwastewater will be utilized for the development of greenbelt inside the plant. Theprocess-wisc wastcwater generation details are presented in Tablc No.2.2.

2.9 SLUDGE DISPOSAL

2.9.1 Water Treatment Plant

The sludge water generated from the water treatrnent plant will be thickened. Thethickened sludge will be further concentrated in a centrifuge to form sludge cakes anddried in sun light. It is proposed to provide landfill site of 30 m x 30 m x 4 m (depth) inthe vicinity of the ETP.

2.9.2 Sewage Treatment Plant

The sludge generated from STP will be used as manure in the greenbelt area and foragriculture.

2.10 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

About 23 ha. of land is proposed to be developed as green belt inside plant prcimiises.Details of the greenbelt development plan are discussed in chapter-5 (EnvironmentalManagement Plan).

2.11 CHLORINE STORAGE AND STORAGE CONDITIONS

Tlhe chlorinie will be stored in portable cylinders, xhich are called "Chlorine Tonlcrs". Ata time, not more than three toners will be stored inside the plant. The stored quantity illnic toncr will not excced 900 kg.

2.12 HEAT TRANSFER FLUID (HTF)

Since I will be in circulation in the loop, there xxill be no storage lor HT1 .

2.13 I)EDICATED ACCESS ROADS

T'hc powex' plant is located close to Jodhpuir-Matliania-Phalodi State llighway. This willhe used for transporting the raw, material and fuel. Housing for the staff will be pro\videdinside ihe plant premises. Hence, there is no requiremenit of dedicated access road forpower plant. Inside-the preinises of power plant. roai will be provided as shown in I)rg.No.2000-083/EC/PL2. 1.

P),:J'f~'.,:,.:r.. cr/L%¢,,,!LtI.l. - IwarleRlploRlull>- 41 ...... E

2.14 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

It has already been mentioned in Chapter I that solar power has been identified as oneof the altemative sources for generating electricity in the country. The rational for thisconsideration are:

a) The conventional energy sources like coal and other fuel are finite and notrenewable.

b) The conventional fuel cause high levels of air pollution, particularly, in terms ofgreenhouse gases (GHG) emission which cause global warming.

c) There is no fly ash problem, which we encounter in coal-based power plants

A comparative analysis of the alternatives is given in Table 2.3.

2.14.1 Alternatives Sites

Solar power plant would be suitable at places with abundance of solar insolation formost of the year. A Working Group set up by the Government of India in 1989-90examined various sites in India. Central Arid Zone Research Institute (CAZRI),Jodhpur and Government of Rajasthan also undertook a study to identify appropriatesites within the State of Rajasthan. The Working Group and the Government ofRajasthan survey group have recommended Mathania in Jodhpur as the most suitablesite based on the following criteria:

* High solar insolation almost throughout the year* Good normal solar radiation and meteorological condition* A well developed industrial base with large number of small and mediuni

scale industries in Jodhpur District* No archaeological, historical and forest land around the project area* Easier availability of water from Indira Gandhi Nlehar Project through Rajix

Gandhi Lift Canal located at a distance of 12-15 knm from the plant site* Availability of proper infrastructure* Proper transportation network.

Thus, among all the sites examined, the project site at Mathania "as found to bc thlemost suitable because of the above-mentioned conditions.

2.14.2 Technology Alternatives

To harness the abundant solar resources available in Rajasthan. an Intearated SolarCombined Cycle Technology has been selected. The selected configuration hasconsidcrable advantage in terms of emission reduction over other conventionaltechnologies. Compared to conventional coal based technology the emission reductionwill be much more. More over the appropriate combination of solar and thcrmlalpower makes the project viable on commercial basis, as the capital cost of stand-alonesolar installation would have been muclh higher.

2.14.3 Alternative Design and Operation

Ell. and Fitchncr Development Enginecring (FDE) of Germany, engaged to carry outtcchlio-cconomic investigations, conducted extensive studies on different altcrnativedesigns and operating procedures and eventually recommended the 140 MW ISCCinstallation with a solar component of 35 MW using parabolic rotigh reTfcctors. 1Thcsuggestcd design of solar thermal power generation has been succcssfullydemonstrated in U.S.A through 354 MW of operational capacity. T he selected designhas considerable environmental benefits in general with special positive implication loglobal warmning in particular.

2.14.4 Without Project Scenario

The State of Rajasthan is having perennial shortage of power. Particularly in thcwestem region there is acute shortage of power due to limited sources of powergeneration. In this existing scenario, the people of the region being badly affected arefacing cconomic hardships. In this context, the Rajasthaln Govenmenl proposes to Sciup a power plant at Mathania in order to improve the power situation. The proposodproject will boost the local economy due to induced developments in the surroundingregioni.

Various available technologies have been cornpared in the matrix format to study thecinvironlmental fricndly option. It is evident from Table No.2.3 that the IntegratedSolar Combined Cycle mode is most appropriate technology for the region based onvarious environmental merits of solar technology.

O rI IC1 -11(0rArn Iegl .dl, EC

Table No. 2.1Details of Stacks and Ermissions with Natural Gas as Fuel

Capacity of each GT 35 MW

Number of GT 1Number of Stacks 2

Quantity of discharge 56.5 m3/sec/stack

Fuel consumption 0.46 mcmd

NO, emission rate 28.7 kg/hour/stack (75 ppm)

Temperature of flue gas 130° C

Velocity of flue gas 25 m/sec

Stack height ~ 45 m each

Inner diameter of stack 1.7 m

1) llthls o{X (dlY-vrvvlrs7be1R1- >to¢*7 E(

Table No. 2.2

Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation of Power

Plant

SLN Item/Activity Water Requirement Wastewater

0. Generation

Type of m3ida MLD mr3d MLD

Water y ay

1. Power Cycle De- 211 0.21 211 0.211

make-up mineralised 1

2. GT NO, control De- 264 0.26 l

mineralized 4 0

.CCWmak-e-up De- 1 0.00 1 0.001

mineralized 1

4. DM Plant De- 82 0.08 82 0.082

_Regeneration mineralized 12 __ _

> 5. Mirror washing De- 7 0.00 7 0.007

mineralized I 7

6 Cooling water Clarified 741,7 17.41 2,23 2.232

make-up 7 2

7 AC system Clarified 264 10.26 264 0.264

___ make-up _4 .

.8. Filter ~ Filtered 57 i 0.05

backwash .7

E9. Potable and Filtered 144 0.14 105 0.105

service water i4

10. De-sludge, Raw 703 0.70 703 0.703

backwash etc. '3

;11. Evaporation J Raw 220 0.22 - -

loss in

reservoir

TotalN 9370 9.37 3,60 3.605

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _0 5

Note: Above water requirement includes 1 0% system loss

Table No. 2.3Comparative Analysis of Different Alternatives

Si.N Parameters Technology Optionso Hydro Conventional Nuclear ISCC

Power (Coal based) Power1 Potential . Most . Radiation . Cleanest

Environment polluting Hazard technologyal Impacts proposition and option as

in terms of associated regard toGreen risk GHGhouse gas element emission

Not emission. No Ash . No ashfeasible . Larger disposal disposalalternatives spaceas there is requirementno river for ashvalley or disposalwater body l

I) > 21 , l".' 8fI>.Itfmlh¢7C1C},p.'! /0 EC

Sl.N .Parameters Technology Options0 Hydro Conventional. Nuclear 1 iSCC

Power (Coal based) Power l

2 Feasibility of located in Mitigation Incorporation Mitigation

mitigating the vicinity measures of mitigation measures

these of the include measures includei measures project site . Low NOx involve a very . Low NOx

Bumers long drawn BurnersI Electro and costly As particulate

static process emission isprecipHtator not a problems and Bag thefilters installation of

l Beneficiatio ESP's andn of fuel Bag filters are

inot required.The processalso does notinvolve anyash disposal.Hence the

l cost ofmitigationI measures are

much lessthan theconventional

_ _ __l ~ :mode3 ! Capital and Cheapest Most Costly Costlier than

Recurring option conventionalCosts technology

but cheaperthan nuclear

Ipower

Sl.N Parameters Technology Optionso Hydro Conventional Nuclear ISCC

Power (Coal based) Power __o_t_sutabl

4 Suitability Since the fuel Very costly Most suitableunder local is not locally alternative due toconditions available, the and can only abundant

cost of power be availability ofgeneration is considered in solarlikely to be absence of resourceshigher any other

means ofpowergeneration

5 Institutional . Training to . Rigorou , Training totraining and be provided s training bemonitoring to to be provided to

Environmen provided to Environmetal all plant ntalManageme personnel Management Cell to be nt CellMembers prepared MembersRegular for any. . Regularmonitoring unwanted monitoringof air ,water accidents of airand noise . Round ,water andquality the clock noise

monitoring qualityto avoidanyuntoward

. incident

,mt-l- :c r,r7wI euIcal hap.oel 1 i2

4{, RSPCL.

___//g Concept of ISCC without Storage

Exhaust3950C I0001c

Steam540°C, 1OObar

Exh aust ~ ~ ond nDe60x0 cStn

Q'IO000 m 2 ParabolicTrough Field G== Elec

to th

Gas turbine 70 MW At design ( nditions: 30°C

FIG. NO. 2000083/EC/CIWS -2 .1

<~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ \

:i IjIiiCt- -

.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ _ , i , . I , d ...'

., , . I .=

I-I 0 o S '

1 PU NJA B_G_nga_a_ar _' rhc/ a rahgarh t

Internationcl Boundary / A R H YA NA

r /~~~~\ > X7 (RA~~~~~~~JAS THAN -_< Sz

PAKI STAN ( H- State Boundar .J T i rP A K I S T A N,

X. I~~~~... NID.;. _1f vJBikaner A e , g \ \ ,

/ rt ~~~~~~~~~tO~~Sikar i/ -?

/J~isa1me JNagour

eJIPUR 9 ,:>_

iJodhpur DRG.N0.2000083/&CLM- 2 .3A

<~~~~~~~~~~~N- S( vlscL{ti t., OBarmer/J iiI-

I 0 (~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I~

) 9 ~~~~~~JalDrie < Bhitw \ ~ -",__ .. ,.

RAJASWKAN4 SIA_E POWER CORPORATOeN LMTlD

_- - oo 9 J t_ /d,o Udtipur E _A STUDY O PROPOSED 140 Uw

S ( ( > ttSt,J X ff ( _ 8 Wr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NEGRATED SOLAR COMBINED CYCLE (iSCC)

__ - §t ) \ z rJ > t\X/~~~- POV/ER PRtOJECT AT MAIHANIA

MADHYA PRADESH

GUJ R T .... Locoaton Map-A

. -s £ . _ . N . . DRG.NO.AS ABOVE

QAOq SV i

.3.W ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oz

.sz

. D . S 3~ _3~ s . *9z

P^mssooM ~~~~~~,I A *0 ,O/ *lL * U.

lN V£7

.9t \ y S \ S / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.9\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~OE 14 rJN

lvNvDl) / i\ j3,,ls \ \

3NII~ ~ ~ 908 ,DX \

-rlS3MJ03A12353ti \UW \ 's

NMDI/3Ot) J@ D4

ot CZ^w CL 'o CZS / U'

FIG. NO. 2000-O83/EC/W'fB-2.41

. ro EIP

EVAPORATION LOSS

9 17 Cum/Hr A S _ r 0.17 C 30/H9. -I CrIG 9.f9cT

216.11 C.m1H.

TO ETP, /H, A/C SYTO 309 C./r OsGTWE z8 u

(MAAXE UP) O4 (UAKE UP) ! u

0.04 CulM/Hr 0.04 CumH. rTO ETP

POTABLE WATERGT NOX CONTRO I Cum/Mr. (TO TO TNSHIP)

21.14 Curr/Hr.

TO DOMESTIC WASTE WATERTREATuENT PLANT

YO ETP .4-' 0 mH TRO AHN .30 /-,34 Cum/Hr..

RtCENt RMT WATER

LEGEND

CuOVHr - CUBIC uMTER PERT HOURro ETP BOILER ETP - EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

STP - SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM FOR POWER PLANT

CHAPTER 3BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

CHAPTER- 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.1 STUDY AREA

Baseline Environmnental Study was carried out in the area covered by 10 km radius with thelocation of the proposed project at its center. as nornally required for thennal po\xerprojects. A location map showing the study area is given in Drawing No.2000083/EC/PL-2.3B. The study area falls in the District of Jodhpur and located in Mathania village of Osiantehsils. Findings of the study are given in the following sections.

3.2 PHlYSIOGRAPHY

The area falls in the Rajasthan plain, which comprises a part of the Thar Desert. Thisrcginill has vast siltcil,cs of plain laind itlil kwv ouit-crop of hcdiock of iziecisscs. scilst5anild graniites. T1he heiglht of the hills in the region ranges between 284 m in thc nolth and450 mn in tilc cast. Luni is thc only river, which flows in the south and southeasten partsof Jodhpur district. Mithri is the chief tributary of the river in this district, whicil joinsLuni near village Khejarali Khurd (Jodhpur Tehsil) and forms a huge artificial lakeknown as Jaswant Sagar. The total length of the river in the district is 122 km. Olherseasonal streams flowing through this region are Johri. Golasmi and Gunaimati.

The slope and slope analysis map is show\n in D'ravNing No. 2000083/EClSA-3. I Genlerl;islope of the project area varies between 0 to ,°. In the easteni and southeastern part. ilicslope varies between 3 to 10%. In the northwest of Mathania and west the slope of the lanldvaries between I and 5%. A small section of the land located soutlieast of Mathania hasstcep slope varying between 10 and 15%.

3-3 SOIL

The soil is sandy and porous interrupted by low rocky projectioins and occasional nlix of'dark sandstonie and conglomerates at the base. In sonie portions of the regioni. alluviuim andwind blown sand with flat patches of rocks also. exist. Tnese soils olen have a highi solubhcsalt content and a low to very low humus content. The! are also low in moisture conitcin. AtManai, Bhainser Kotwali and Narwara, the soil is sand! loam in natiire.

Soil samples from 15 different locations wvere analyzed for tvo seasons i.e. sumilileir and post

monIsoonI (Drawing No.2000083/EC/SS-3.2). Results are given in T'ables No.3.1 aiid 3.2.

Thic pH level of the soil is generally above S. which indicates that the soil is icuLtall toslighily alkaline in nature.

3.4 GEOLOGY

The geological configuratiotn of the stud\ rezion consi s. of the Aravallis. the Malalli Suitcand the Vindhyan Gtoup. The Malani beds consist of ftsite and quartziferous poi-phyrites.The Vindhyan lie uncoffifortable upon the Mlalanii rhvolites, inicriupted by alluviumn allwitid blown sand comprising of scattered fiat patches of rocks. Darkl sandstonels. \ ithconilomerates at the base.also occur. Sandstone. limestotie, agate. jaspcr and qluatiz arc

:,moI): t//n o.s .0,, d,,..,~2m r / npo' {:C7bf p ..........LdD I I*C

some of the important minerals found in this region. The project area falls within Scisilv1cZone I as per IS Code 1893-1984 (4th edition).

3.5 CLIMATE & METEOROLOGY

A mix of cxtreme temperature, uncertain rainfall and long periods of dryness characteri; e

the climate of the region. The winter season which spread from December to February isfollowed by summer stretching from March to May. The period from June to Septemiberfonrs the monsoon season followed by the post-monsoon season from October toNovcmbcr..On the wliole, the climate of the district is dry. In sumimiler. hot winds blox inthe day but nights are generally cool and pleasant.

3.5.1 Tempernture

Meteorological Data (1930-1965) were collected from the nearest meteorologicaiobservatory of Indian Meteorological Depantment (IMD), Jodhpur. The maximumtemperaturc at Jodhpur is 45.50 C in May and minimum is 4.50 C in January.

3.5.2 Relativc liumidity

Relative humidity is 52%. Annual rainfall is 380.1 mm. The average number of rainydays recorded during the rainy season was onlv 21 (Tables No. 3.3 and 3.4.)

Micronmeteorological data was collected from the meteorological observatory set up a;Matharnia. The data is presented in the Table 3.5.

3.5.3 Rainfall

The rainfall at Mathania is mostly confined to the monsoon month i.e. June to Septemlber.The highest rainfall has been recorded in the month of July (167.05 mm) and the lowestin the month of February (4 mm). Total rainfall recorded at Mathania is 290.4 mm.

3.5.4 Wind

The seasonal wind-rose diagram for Mathania for the year 1999 is presented in Drau inoNos. 2000-083/EC/WR-3.3 to 3.5. During the summer season the predominant wiln¼idirection is from Southwest with the wind speed ranging from 5 to 10 km most of the

time. The calm hours were observed as 26.0S'o hours in this season.

During the post-monsoon the predominant xvind direction is from Northwest the win,!

specd ranging from I to 5 km most of the time. The calm hours were observed as 28.33'..hours in this:season.

Durinig the winter the predominant winid direction is from Southwest with the wvind spccdranging from I to 5 km most of the time. The calm hours were observed as 34.25% ho-rsin this season.

FIrom the above, it can be observed that the prevalent wind direction througilout the ye. ris mostly Southwest.

I):.,,~ :'JII~ja.elal,, ~ ,''p',,, a/i a dE C/IAp... , .

3.6 AIR QUALITY

The ambient air quality was monitored through a monitoring netvork of 20 samplingstations during summer (May-June 1996), post monsoon (October-November 1996) andwinter (December 1996-January 1997). The monitoring stations were established based onthe climatological norms and the spatial relationship of various land uses within the studyarea. The location of the sampling stations are presented in Table No.3.6 and shown inDrawing No. 2000-083/EC/AQ-3.6. Air quality was monitored for suspended particulatematter (SPM), sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NO.). Monitoring was carriedout as per the guidelines prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). TheAmbient air quality standards stipulated by CPCB are presented in Table No.3.7.

From the observed ambient air quality monitoring results, the maximum, minimum anidaveragc values of each pollutant for each of the monitoring stations have been compiled andpresented in Tables No. 3.8 to 3.10. The maximum SPM concentration (136 pg/rn') isobserved at Mathania RSEB during suummer. The concentrations of SO2 vary fiomi 2.3Vg/m 3 to 10.50 ,Ig/Mm3. The maximum SO2 corycentration (10.5 Ag/rm3) occurs at Rampura.The NOx concentration varies from 3.0 [L.m

3 to 49.2 pig/rn 3 with the maximuiconcentration (49.2 pLg/m 3) occurring at Mandore.

To update and validate the data further monitoring was carried out in September 2000 forSPM, RPM, S0 2 and NO, at three locations as presented in Table No.3.11. The results ofare presented in Table No.3.12.

3.7 NOISE LEVELS

To determine the existing noise level, field monitoring was carried out at 20 locations duLlilIsummer, post monsoon and winter. The locations of monitoring stations are given in TableNo. 3.13 and also shown in Drawing No. 2000-083/EC/NQ-3.7. Recorded sound pressureleN'els were used to compute the equivalent noise levels (Lcq) during day and niglht. Thecompiled L.q values are presented in Table No.3.14.

3.8 WATER QUALITY

3.8.1 Surface Water

Thcre is no major surface water body in the project area except for the Rajive Gandhii L! ilCanal (a part of Indira Gandhi Canal) flowviig in the general direction of nlortil to soUthi at adistance of about 12-15 km to the east of the site. Table No. 3.15 presents the variation inthc watcr quiality ovcr the pcriod Junc 1999 to October 2000 as monitored by Pl IED..lodhpur. Surface water samples were also collected and analysed by the consulhanits in Inui\2000. The results of analysis are presenied in Tablec No. 3.16.

3.S.2 Groundwater

Groundwater saunples were collected from 15 locations during thlrce seasons. The locationof the sampling stations are presented in Table No.3.17 and also showin in Drawing No.2000-083/EC/WQ-3.8. The results of analysis are shown in Tables No.3.1 8 to 3.20.

liairdiess of all samples are observed to be quite high except at Rai.asnii. Maanai, Kernl andTivari7viiIaoes. The dissolved solids copitent for all samples is also quile highi wlichi can

: i l IIf. ,-o,,asirr, rvpor,a/IfikrC:i11.4p.J.d/or .' EC

be attributed to the high hardness values. Nitrates are also in higher concentration thanthe prescribed limits except at Jud. The fluoride content of groundwater is also on thehigher side except at Manai, Keru, Manaklar and Rampur.

3.9 WATER USE

3.9.1 Ground Water

Groundwater potential in and around the proposed plant area is poor and over-exploitcd.Although groundwater is supplied to nearby villages of Mathania, Balarwa, BIjwiva2a.Kotra, Chopasni, Ramnpura through existing tubewells, these sources are not COnSidMTcIsuitable for long tenn bulk supply. A map showing potential of groundwater in and arouilndthe project area is given in Drawing No. 2000-083/CC/GW-3.9, The conzerned autlhoritieshave also not recommendcd the use of ground water for the project (Annexure. 3.1)

3.9.2 Surfacc Water

Solitary surface water source in the vicinity of the proposed power plant site at Mathania isRajiv Gandhii LifR Canal. This canal originates from Indira Gandhi Main Canal (at a canal-chainage of 1109.7 krm) near Madasar village in the district of Jaisalmer in Rajasthan. 1Tlicsalient features of Indira Gandhi Main Canal are presented in Table No.3.21. The drainageoftlic projcct area is given in Drawing No. 2000-083EC/DD/3.10.

Rajiv Gandhi Lift Canal has a total stretch of 205.635 km from1 take-off point at Madas-avillage to Kayalana Lake near Jodhpur. There are eight pumping stations over the entirestretch of the canal. Between the seventh and eighth pumping stations, Chainage 175.0km to 191.9 km it passes through the outskirts of Teori, Balarwa and Indroka villages.This is the nearest location for intake of raw water for the plant. Relevant details of theRajiv Gandhi Lift Canal are presented in Table No.3.22.

3.10 ECOLOGY

Thc projcct arca is located in Arid Western Plain Zone. The soil is calcareous anid sand yvIype. GrouLndwater source is limited and its recharginig is iiadequate. ConseqciLntly. theQbio-dfivcrsity of the area is poor, the vegetative coverage is low and flora atid faull;species are limited.

3.10.1 Flora

Natuiral vegetation includes poorly developed scrub and thon7y vegetation with stunitegrow1h. Tlhc average height of the trees is about 4-6 meters and dianicter varies froiii 5-ticl11. Thc riost important species found in the study area. .4cariv q)p. Prosolpis Spi) nl/t.ZvZipfius .spp, etc. Various grass species were also observed Simliya. Tantiya. Beona etc.

Some of the multipurpose species introduced in the area are A4:adirclhint ifnCiAl.Dalhergin latifolia Pelonix regia, Porrgarnia pirnnatr anf7d Polultiih 10ng;ffiefoi 0%Vi'nC to0tiheir shadc and timilber Trees likie Ficus beughalensis. Picars religio.su and FJcus.gloloceiret valuLe are commonly found near temples and occasionia'll in aVcnue plan"tatioll.

4s ECSkJ$Srat

Iio>s, ith;it too thc domesticatcd oncs, predominate thc faunal scenario. hrese inclu(dccamc!-. shccp, goats and cattle. Donkey's pigs, dogs and cals arc also quitc commonlyobser, \d in the study area.

The f ::d life recorded in the area comprises of;Vilgai (Boselaphis tragocalnichs), IndianGazelie (Gazel/a gazellaJ, Jackal, Striped Hyena, Desert cat, (Felis libvca,), Jungle cat(eli/B :haus), Hedgehog, Porcupine, Desert hare (Lepus nigricollis) and occasion wolves((anB t:l/?U).

Reptile-s include Garden Lizard (Calores versicolour), Commition Skunk (MVainuYCarin.v:4), spiny tail lizard, Indian monitor lizard (Varanus benqalensis). Cobra (Na'/naja, and krait (Bungarus fascilus).

The rt'Jent population comprises mouse. Palm squirrel (Frnanhulirts lpcllJ(ti). DesertGerbil M.efiones hurricane), Soft furred rat (Rateus meltada,) and bush rat (Golund.ailioli i.

b) Avifauna

The a-cndant species of the study area include Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) Common Myna(.4cro..theres ristis), Bank Myna (Aginginianits), common crowe (Corvus splendenis).house sparroxv (Passer doniesticus), blue rock pigeon (Coluniba /ii'ivi) and dove(Sirer:2pelia decaoctar and S.tranguebraica).

Gray Partidges (Francolis grancolinus), and Red Wattled Lapwings (Vlaella/s tcne/lis)arc co.mmon in arid land. Purple sunbird (Nectrarina asiatica) is commonly noticed onflow-e-:g plants. Koel (Eudyanom scolopacea) Parrot (Psittacula exupatrica) and julglecrowV. i Corvus ruacrorihynchos) are observed occasionally.

3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMICS

3.11 .1 Demographic profile and Literacy level

The dernographic profile of the area given in Table No.3.23 shows that Tibiy is thelarges: village with a population of 10,000 followed by Mathiatil witlh a populationi of9.5t:. Literacy level of the population is lp\. the maximum litcr;icy lcvel is 35.'36%X. it)Balk:K-a village.

3.11.2 Public Amenities

The .. ilable public amenities in the 12 villages in the vicinlit of the project area areli\ C:-: 7Iabic 3.24. Most of the villages have drinking water facility and power supply.

Exce;- Sindlhiokidani all the other 'illages have access roads. Medical facilities arcav: -:e in i villages. Public Healtih Center (PHC) is available only in Mathaniia andBrl .x -iva villaves. Jodhpur catprs to the generat requirements of the villagers.

3.11.3 Existing Health Facilities

The existing medical facilities at Mathania villages PHC are not well equipped to handdlcany major health problems. Most of the villagers prefer to go to Jodhpur, and have bettcrmedical aid. The staff at the PHC is as follows:

Number of Doctors I

Number of Nurses 4

Number Of Anesthetists I

Nunihcr Of Beds 6

3.11.4 Animal Husbandry

Cow anid btiffalo are the main milch cattle in the region. Caltle farling are not ;norganized activity. Cattlehead ownership is generally small. Milk and miilk pjrodLucts ;,,uscd for own consumption and for sale in the adjoining areas.

3.11.5 Land use

The plant area of lOOha, which is mostly barren land, has been earmarked for the projectand a boundary wall has been constructed around it. This land is not used for any otlhepurpose. A piece of land in the village of Tibry is the main grazing land.

The land records and khasra numbers of the villages falling within 500-lOOOm widthfrom the boundary wall has been collected and given in Annexure 3.2. The land use mapof the study area is shown in Drawing No. 2000-083/ECALU-3.1 1.

An opinion survey was conducted in the villages to ascertain [lhe views of local peopleabout thie power project. The response was positive and a good acceptance level wasfound among the population. Crops like bajra, barley, guar, onion, red chilies and wheatarc growvn in the area.

Table 3.1

Ph)ysical-Chemical Parameters of the Soil in the Study Region (Summer)

Sl.No. ~Tests Si S2 |S3 S4 S5____ PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

!____ I Total Soluable Salts% 0.95 0.13 0.15 0.07 ! 0122 Soil Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Sand

Distribution of Particle

Size______ g) Sandy % 98.0 92.5 95.0 93.i 92.5______ h) Silt % 1.5 7.0 3.0 5.0 1 6.0______ i) Clay (%) 0.5 0.5 2.0 1.5 j I.- _____ CHEMICAL PROPERTIES|4 PH 9.35 8.22 8.35 8.25 S.02

5 Electrical Conductivity 0.35 0.28 0.35 0.32 0.426 Nitratcs as N (mg/kg) 1.020 0.003 0.080 0.004 0.003

Phosphrous as P205 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.008 Potassium as K,O 0.015 0.006 0.003 0.004 0.008.___ (mg/kg) .

9 Sodium as Na.O (mg/kg) 0.052 0.072 0.032 0.062 0.7210 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 1.62 1.82 1.48 1.62 I.7811 Magnesium as Mg 1.48 1.38 1.72 1I 1.82 1.

(mg/kg) I __

12 Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 1.3 1.2 2.5 2.S

V 1.3 __ Organic Matter (%) 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.09 0.1

Source: Soil sampling carried by Aqura Labs as part of EIA Study. 1996-1997

Table 3.1 (contd.)I'hysical-Chemical lParametcrs of the Soil in the Study Rcgion (Summer)

SI.No. Tcsts I S6 S7 58 I 9 | S10

PI_IYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

I Total Soluable Salts% 0.009 0.12 0.95

2 . Soil Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy I Sandy

3 Distribution of Particle

______ Size _

i_____ g) Sandy % 90.0 93.0 96.0 98.0 95.5

h) Silt % 6.0 5.0 3.0 1.0 4.0

i) Clay (%) 4.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 0.5

CHEMICALPROPERTIES .

4 PH .8.12 8.00 7.75 8.30 8.45

5 Electrical Conductivity 0.36 0.32 0.39 0.42 0 38 _

6 Nitrates as N (mg/kg) 0.003 0.001 0.002 0.012 0.020

7 Phosphrous as P205 0.004 0.002 0.004 0.020 0.006

I 8 Potassium as K20 0.009 0.007 0.038 0.007 0.0S(mg/kg)

!9o7 Sodiumnas Na2O (mg/kg) 0.005 0.072 0.050 0.013 0.02 3

10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 2.88 1.35 1.92 1.92 2.28

1 1 i Magnesium as Mg 1.00 1.00 1.82 1.30 | .52

i (mglkg)

12 Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 1.30 1.10 2.30 2.30 1.S0

13 fOrganic Matter (%) 0.08 _ 0.09 0.07 0.10 0.0)


D:IewmIh,,uiiI20O ()S.'Correcied'reporJt CIIaIn-S-T.c(oc1

Table 3.1 (contd.)I'llysic:al-Chenlic:Il Parainccrs or thc Soil in the Studly Regioui (Suimier)

I SI. N'o. TIIcsts SI1 I S12 S131 S14 1SIPHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

'-I Total SoluableSalts% 0.12 0.05 0.13 0.08 10.092 Soil Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sand) Sandv

3 > Distribution of ParticleSizeg) Sandy % 82.0 94.0 92.0 l 90.0 85.0

_____ Ii) Silt % 12.0 4.5 5.0 It5.0 ' 0 :Ml

i)Clay(%) 5.0 1.5 3.0 5.0CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

4 [PH S.25 8.32 8.12 18.20 iS ..5 Electrical Conductivity 0.36 0.41 0.38 0.32 0. ..

!6 Nitrates as N (Mg/kg) 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.003 .0 02

7 Ph;,sphmois.Posph ,O u .()7 0. 6 0I.0 0.003 Q.0(I

i 8 __ Potassium as K2 0 0.004 0.008 0.008 0.008 0()00

(mg/kg) :_ _

9 Sodium as Na2 0 0.07 0.06 0.005 0.004 0.005(mg/kg) _

10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 1.92 1.90 2.92 2.72 2.32

.I Magnesium as Mg j 2.90 2.80 1.10 1.00 1.2S!______ (mg/kg) _

12 | Chlorides as Cl 1 1.90 1.50 1.40 1.30 2.00

i (mg/kg)13 Organic Matter (%) i0.08 0.09 0.09 0.08 1 0.(1

Source: Soil samplirg carried by Aqura Labs as part of EIA Study. 1996-1997

L-,i'JvUuo.' t (J"ITectelo-I1c'pO' UMpi-.1- I ables.doc C

Table .No. 3.2'livsica:l-( Chmicnal laranmeters of the Soil in thc Study Rc gion (I'ost Monsoon)

SI.No. Tcsts Si S2 s 3 T s4PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

El I Total Soluable Salts% 0.08 0.09 0.12 [0.11

2T Soil Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy

3 Distribution of article

Sizeg) Sandy % 87 90 88 9411) Silt % 8.0 7.0 7.0 4.0

i) Clay(%) 5.0 3.0 3.0 12.0CHENMICAL PROPERTIES

VF4 pH . 8.0 8.5 8.2 jS.l

j 5 Electrical Conductivity 0.39 0.32 0.29 0.50

6 Nitrates as N (mg/kg) 0.004 0.002 0.003 0.39

[ 7 PhospihIr-ous as P205 0.003 0.001 0.002 0.12

- Potassium as K20 0.007 0.006 0.008 0.03

(mg/kg) _

9 Sodium as Na2 0 0.005 0.074 0.007 0.06.(mg/kg)

1 10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 2.02 1.82 1.22 0.011

I I Magnesiuni as Mg 1.20 1.30 1.80 0.54

(mg/kg)

I 2 Chlorides as Cl 1.40 1.20 2.10 1.40

(mg/kg) I l

! I3 Organic Matter(%) 0.17 i0.16 0.17 0.13


i ) .:.:,,, !ZOU '3l) ICoIrCLee t rec'ied Chnpt-3- 7;aih" , F

Table No.3.2 (Coaitd.)

Physio-Chemical Parameters of the Soil in the Studv Rcgion (Post Monsoon)

Sl. No. Tests S5 S6 S7 S8

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Tlotal Soluable Salts % 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.08

2 Soil Texture Sand Loamy Sand SandSandy'

3 Distribution of Particle Size

g) Sand (%) 97.5 95.0 94.5 93.5

h) Silt (%) 1.5 4.0 4.0 9.5

i) Clay(%) 1.0 1.0 1.5 2.0

CHiEMICAL PROPERTIES

4 pH 8.3 0.28 8.4 8.1

5 Electrical Conductivity 0.29 0.35 0.49 0.39


7 Pliosphrous as P20 (mg/kg) 0.007 0.006 0.007 0.003

8 Potassium as K2O (mg/kg) 0.006 0.008 0.006 0.009

9 Sodium as Na2O (mg/kg) 0.019 0.05 0.007 0.004

10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 2.53 1.81 1.95 2.61

11 lvagiesiuim as Mg (mg/kg) 1.72 2.30 2.70 1.00

12_____ __Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 1.61 1.29 1.7t) 1_20

_ Orgalnic Matter (%) 0.19 0.12 0.18 0.18

Source: Soil sampling carried out by Aqura Labs as part of EIA Study. 1996-97.

-)' an IT . TM 2rec) iSS d ( aIIeCl reporiAChoipt-3- Tables. doc

Table No.3.2 (Contd.)

I'hysio-Cliemical Parameters of the Soil in the Study Region (Post Monsoon)

S si. Nm. Tests S9 S10 Sil S12


I Total Soluable Salts % 0.07 0.12 0.11 0.09

2 Soil Texture Sand Sandy Sand Sand


l________ g) Sand (%) 90.5 83.5 97.5 93.0

h) Silt (%) 5.5 11.5 2.0 5.5

i) Clay (%) 4.0 5.0 0.5 1.5.

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

4 PlH 8.15 8.35 8.30 8.16

_ Electrical Conductivity 0:39 0.36 0.36 0.35


7 Phosphrous as P205 (mg/kg) 0.005 0.003 0.005 0.002

8 Potassium as K20 (mg/kg) 0.009 0.004 0.012 0.005

9 Sodium as Na2O (mg/kg) 0.007 0.003 0.051 0.05

10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 2.63 2.81 1.71 1.95

l l l Magnesium as Mg (mg/kg) 0.90 1.32 1.36 1.37

12 Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 1.10 2.20 1.40 1.30

13 Organic Matter (%) 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.17

Source: Soil sampling carried out by Aqura Labs as part of EIA Study, 1996-97.

D:i.r:hiwn,i200U 083i oGnrecied reporft'tCliup,t-3-Tnble.v.dloc Kr

Table No.3.2 (Contd.)

Phvsio-Clhemical Parameters of the Soil in the Study Region (Post Nlonsooni)

'1 fil No. Tests S13 S14 S15


Total Soluable Salts % 0.12 0.10 0.09

2 v Soil Texture Sand Loamy Sandy Loamy Sandy


g) Sand (%) 95.0 93.0 92

h) Silt (%) 2.5 4.5 5.5

i) Clay (v ) 2.5 2.5 2.5

CHiLMICAL PROP1ER'IES

i pl11 8.20 8.25 8.00

5 Electrical Conductivity 0.37 0.37 0.40

6 NNitrates as N (mg/kg) 0.06 0.005 1.005

|7 Phosphrous as P20s (mg/kg) 0.007 0.008 0.004

8 Potassium as K20 (mg/kg) 0.002 0.005 0.006

9 Sodium as Na2O (mg/kg) 0.031 0.073 0.008

10 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 1.42 1.75 0.75

II Magnesium as Mg (mg/kg) 1.53 1.85 1.53

12 Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 2.40 1.70 1.20

13 Organic Matter '%) 0.16 0.14 0.15

Source: Soil sampling carried out by Aqura Labs as part of EIA Study. 1996-97.

D):. orchnca'I2L OW) ()83'Cro,,ccae rep6rhChapt.-. Tables. doc' ECC

T'abic N. 33Climatological Table of Jodhpur, 1931-1960

Month r Time Station Air Temperature Relative RainfallI -I,evel _ Mean (of) Humidity monthly No. O f 'inl

I'ress- Daily Daily Highest Lowest ITotal RZainy Speedure Max. Min. in the in tbe Days

I ___ 13.98monih monthJan 0830 .991.2 24.6 9.5 29.6 4.5 50 7.3 0. . S.' _

1730 . 988.4 27F eb 0830 989.0 27.9 12.0 33.3 6.3 44 5.1 0.4 A.8

1730 986.0 20Mar 0830 986.6 33.3 17.1 38.8 11.' 35 1.9 0.3 95

i________ 1730 983.3 , 17 !

IApr 0830 983.5 22.4 42.8 16.9 31 2.2 0.3 10.2;17'0 979.7 15

N_ _0830 9 79.-2 41. 6 27.3 45.5 22.5 43 i64 0.S 15. 4.

1730 975.3. 16 _ _

TJun 0830 975.6 40.1 28.5 43.6 24.3 60 1 30.9 2.1 IS.51730 971.5 30 !

TIT_ ()S83t0 974.4 35.7 4 8 40.8 24.0 7 121.S .1730 971.1 54 _

AnnS 0StO 976.4 33.2 25.2 38.0 23.1 8 145.5 6.S 12.)1730 973.5 61

Scpt 0830 980.6 34.7 24.1 38.7 21.9 74 47.4 2.7 10.61730 977.4 48 i

IOct 0830 986.2 35.7 19.6 38.6 15.5 49 6.8 0.5 6.61730 983.1 24 _

Nov ~- 0830 989.9 31.4 13.9 34.9 10.0 38 3.3 0.3 5.8i. 1730 986.9 22I

|Dcc _ 1830 991.4 26. 10.7 308 61 22 1.5 0.1 j I1730 988.4 26 _

Ir Annual 0830 983.7 33.6 19.8 45.9 '.: 52 380.1 21.2 10 9! Total Or 1730 980.4 30

MeanNumber 30 30 30 30 30 30 030 0ol years 28 21

Source: IMD Jodhpur 1931 - 1960

D:. .:' lI';Zel, 2fX){l ()~.S3 ;(or, ec ed '~c'poreil llCI,a1,-3- T...................... ro , .,i, ,. EC

Table Nlo. 3.4Climatological Condition of Jodhpur, 1931-1960

No. of days with Wind Speed Percentage No. of Days of Wind FromNo. of Months 62 or t O-61 O N N E SE SV I Si

| January M 2 25 4 10 68 4 I 2 1 12

O 2 25 4 15 33 9 2 1 99 ''__I

I February 0 1 22 5 6F 60 5 I I 5 4 1 I I

0 3 22 3 13 19 8 4 2 15 IS II 0

Milarch 1 2 5 40 7 - 2 14 7 2 21 4 24 2 10 12 3 3 I 21 26 1 6 6

April 0 2 264 21 6 3 . 25 14 4 2 200 6 22 2 7 6 2 3 3 28 31 14 j

IMay JO 9_ 0 2 2 5 30 2G FT

O______ 11 19 1 3 2 1 1 4 43 :i

JIlI.c -I I 2 1 5 1_ O l2 1 7 I 2 3 2 3 b 49 1

[ ]wily - - 9 O 3 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~2 I ~41 70'2' -_________~ I 0 20 1 3 4 i115 1 17

August- 0 10 23 3 Il 33 1 ° H ~41- '5D'_t!7__X3 30 6 23 2 2 4 2 3 III 55 14 ' b

S2p2embcr 0 5 2 t 3 1 39 27 3

0 4 24 2 5 io 5 3 7 42 17 5 6

IOctober 0 T8 O13 3 24 4 2 13 7 2 42

hL ? _mbeFir0 1 24 6 8 16 7 4 5 21 14 6 1957 4 1 0 li7

I 0 21 9 10 26 8 3 2 S S 17 !2| December > 1 26 4 12 70 4 _ O10 0 0 I

0 1 24 6 14 33 8 2 I) 6 9 S 9)AniuaIThi~~~( 1 4~ 1256 5 9 4 3 4 I [[2 14 2 l

Or Mean i 1 60 1|26 39 7 14 5 lo3 | 29 119 | 0

Number of - 26 2S

years - 26 2S

SOur-CC: iN D .1odhp)ur. 1931-1960

/1 we/in, 2111 7fl/{{j9, Ce,rr,,,(wd Ic'pr)J,., C,,,.zpi. Tahkx.tdtot

Table No. 3.5Monthly Mctcorological Data of Mathania - Year 1999

Months Temperature Atmospheric Relative Wind Speed Rainfall

(0C) Pressure (mbar) Humidity (%) (kIn/hr) (mm)

Max. Min Max. Mini Max Aiin ax. Min

Januaiy *28.3 *2.2 *1004 *991.8 *75.4 *5.1 '-30.7 '0.0 0.0

February 31:6 12.6 1000.9 991.7 76:9 25.0 54.2 0.0 4.0

March 40.6 10.3 990.7 980.1 73.7 11.8 42.8 1.0 0.0

April 44.2 13.6 992.6 969.3 70.2 10.9 44.4 0.3 0.0

May 44.9 23.1 984.6 971.6 76.6 26.4 ,5.7 1.0 17

Junic 42.0 23.1 983.8 972.3 76.2 42.9 89.6 0.2 7-()

July 40.9 22.3 980.5 - 971.2 76.4 58.5 60.5 0.4 167.05

August 36.0 23.1 986.1 973.1 76.7 61.4 59.2 0.2 17.35

ctE 25.3 989.0 977.1 75.5 45.9 4-.4 0 30.5

Octohcr 44.6 16.8 995.2 980.0 23.2 62.0 0.0 47.5

November 43.3 17.1 998.8 - 990.4 73.7 19.6 26.0 0.0 0.0

Decembcr 38.7 13.1 1000.6 992.0 75.0 18.S 25.5 0.0 0.0

MT39.74 76.88 992.23 980.OS 75.22 29.13 49 0.31

Total . _ _ 1 290.4

Source: MNES - REDA Mathania, 1999

D Ir rchnn2110 0831C orrel ett report (Vwpl-3-Tables.doc EC

Table No.3.6Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

rStatin m Location | Distance and Direction Landuse* ith respect to plant

____ ___ ___ ____ ___ ___ site

I __ _1l3hainscr Kutri 4.5 km and North Rural and rcsidentialA? Manaklar 8 km and South-South- Rural and Residential

A3__ __ Ju 1 m n Nrh-at urlanEastA3 Jud KO1 km and Nornh-East Rural and ResidentialA4 Kahwakalam IIS km and North-East Rural and ResidentialA5 Mandorc 21 km and South-East Rural and Residential_ _ Ujliya 9 km and South-East Rural and ResidentialA7 Chaupasani II km and South Rural and ResidentialAS Iivad o 6 km and West Rural and RcsidciitialA9 - Ummed Na=ar 1 4.5 km and North- Rural and ResidentialI ________ _____________________ N orth-EastAIO Rampur 0.5 km and South- Rural and ResidentialI

- --____I Soutlh-EastAll.I ___ ( iutpa Sariya | 16 kmi and Norti RuralFand icide itialAl 12 Mevra ,16 km and North-West Rural and ResidentialA 13 Indroka f 12 km and South-South- Rural and Residential

I I~~~~~WestA14 Keru 20 km and South-West Rural and ResidentialA15 Narwa 13 km and South-South- Rural and Residential

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ W est

A 16 Kiramsariya 7.5 km and North Rural and ResidentialA17 Mathania RSEB 1.0 km and East IndustrialA18 Balarwa 10 km and West Rural and RcsidentialAl 9 Khari 15 km and North-East Rural and ResidentialA20 Ghevra 22 km and West-North- Rural and Residential

W WestSource. EIA Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd., 1999

imD IcI,-, n12)t00 ()S3 l3Corrected reportlCha(q,-3. Tahlbesaloc 1EC

Table No. 3.7Ambient Air Quality Standards (CPCB)

IFolt'tnt Time Weighted Industrial Residential SensitiveAverage Areas Rural And Arcas

Other AreasStlphiur Dioside Annual 80 60 15(S02) Avcragc* 120 80 30

24 hours**Oxidles ol' Annual 80 60 1 _Nitrogenl (Nox) Avcragc 120 80 30

24 hours**Suspended Annual 360 140 70I'artictlate Avcrtgc* 500 200 tooMatter (SPM) 24 hours**Respirable Annual 120 60 50Particulate Average* 150 120 75matter (RPM) 24 hours"Carbon 8 hours** 5000 2,000 1.000Monoxide (CO) I hour 10,000 4,000 2.000

Note 1) * Indicates annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurement in a yearmeasured twice a week ,24 hourly at uniform intervals.

2) * 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. however2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

3) All values in ,ug / m3

I) :Ur(1 ll .Z nwoS1/}/}3 carr eciedt repo,r/Cliap,.3- Taxle'. do' 1 C

T'ablc No.3.8Ainbient Air Quality Monitoring Rcsults

POLI.I,UIANI: SPM

SI.No. Station Season Mean Maximum Minimum(t±gIm

3) (p.g/rm) ((jLg/nm

3)

. Bhainserkutri Summer 52.08 75.0 39.0Post Monsoon 48.71 70.0 35.0Winter 49.83 : 71.0 34.0

.Maraklar Summer 48.42 75.0 41.0Post Monsoon 44.4 79.0 3Winter 45.17 _ 71.0 -36.0!

3. - Jud Summer 50.04 94.0 _25.0!

Post Monsoon 49.4 79.0 27.0_________ Winter 47.29 80.0 _1 4.4 -

4. . Kalavva Kalarn Summer 51.96 72.0 09.0Post Monsoon 54.5 7i.0 40.0

I _________ I Winter 55.75 76.0 41.0_ - :|5; _ andore Summer 50.54 7S.0 21.0

Post Mlonsooni 45.9 75.0Winter 46.96 76.0 34.0

(,. Ujliya Summer 98.92 125.0 61.0Post Monsoon 92.0 107.01Winter 97.83 121.0 6S.0

7. Chaupasoni Summer 51.67 71*0 2S_0_Post Monsoon 46.8 65.0 35.0 iWinter 49.38 65.0 37.0

8-- --- Tivari Summer 56.08 85.0 36.Post Mionsoon 53.1 67.0 37.0Winter 56.08 69.0 38.0 i

9. Ummed Nagar Summer 49.5 72.0 21.0Post M\onsoon 46.5 57.0 39.0Winter 51.25 59.0 42.0

I(. Rampura Summer 53.17 78.0 23.0Post Monsoon 49.1 61.0 41__.0 -Winter 51.75 63.0 40.0r, . Gopasariya Sumnmer 100.54 132.0 24.0Post Mlonsoon 46.8 61.0 31.0Winter 48.96 63.0 40.0

| 12. je~' v ra Summer 48.17 78.0 20.0Post Mlonsoon 47.3 1 60.0 1 39.

!_______.___ Winter 47.63 I 62.0 -? 1. I Indroka Sunmmer 70.58 101.0 __Posti onsoon 44.7 51.0 39.0Wilter 47.42 60.0( 41.0!7'Kru Sununer . 76.13 98.0 o .0Post.Monsoon 47.8 1 64.0 30.0

i i Winier 50.46 75.09I 15 ~ | Na;-rw;a ---- _ Summliller 66.5g- 1 98 0 _ __ -

Post .Monsoon 46.3 53 .0 39.( )Winter 49.38 63.0 ' 9.0 --3-.

; 16. Kiramsariya - Sulinmier 42.67 60.0 34.()-Iost Nlolisooni 45.7 56.0) 36.1)

L _ _ | : Wiiiue - 48.83 j65.0 136.0I M7 Nlathania RSEB Sutllr O 10383 136.0 ().()

I i . 'Post Moonsoon 51.3 63.0 *9.0I_________________ Winter 55.21 67.0 44 (1

LIT (-,-I,,,chn2i01 08) 3SSICor,ectd ,cploiiC/twj(nl- T-Tibles.doc E CX

.SI.N,o. *siation Season McaN l Maxiium Mini i-itn -mm

i 1. Ualarwa . .. Summer 44.08 75.0 21.0Post Monsoon 45.4 54.0 39.0Winter 49.13 60.0 39.0

...... Khiar; . ..Summer 49,5 75.0 30.0Post Monsoon 44.5 51.0 36.0Winter 46.50 60.0 39.0

20. Ghevra Summer 51.71 76.0 29.0Post Monsoon 41.7 55.0 30.0

_________ Winter 46.83 59.0 40.0

Source: EIA. Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd., 1999

Table No. 3.9Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

IPOLLTANT: SO2

0SI.No. | Station Season Mean Maximum Minimilum* _________ | ________ .________ _ _______________ J (>g/m 3 ) (G ginf') ((~lg/ ') _

' 1. 0 Bhainiserkuni Summer 4.6 5.7 4.02. ________________ Post Monsoon 4.18 5.0 3 _.5

l . ~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~Winter 4.88 5.8 4.02. )Maraklar Summer 5.31 6.4

Post Monsoon 4.88 6.3 4.0Winter 5.37 6.8 4.5

i. 3Jud Summer 3.65 4.9 3.0Post Monsoon 4.17 5.4 3.5Winter 4.66 5.9 3.1

4. Kilawa Kalaiii Sutmmer 4.24 3 5Post Monsooln 4.54 5.9 3.1

I1 __________ ___________________ W inter 4.99 6.2 3.55. Manldorc SUTIMC, 5.23 7.1 4.2

Post Monsool 4.88 .. 9 . 3.1Winter 5.54 7.8 3.2

i. ___ (Jjliyu Sununcr 4.93 9.2 3.8Post Monsoon 4.68 9.1 3.1Winter 6.86 10.1 5.I

7. Chaupasoni Sunimer 5.47 6.8 3.8PIost Monsoon 4.73 6.7 4.1Winter 5.26 8.2 3.1

8. Tivari Sunmer 5.75 9.3 4.0Post Monsoon 5.49 9.7 3.9Winter 5.51 7.2 4.0

9. Uruned Nagar Summer 4:65 5.6 4.0Post Monsoon 4-64 7.1 4.1Winter 6.32 8.8 _.2

10. Rampura Summer 5.33 7.1 3.9Post Monsoon 6.72 9 7 4.5

. Winter 6.87 10.5 2.5*TF 1 l Gopasariya Summer 4.69 6.4 3.9

Post Monsoon 4.96 6.7 1 4.1Winter 5.38 6.8 14.0

12. Mevra Summer 5.35 8.4 4.0Post Monsoon 5.01 6.2 13.2Winter 5.4 6.2 4.8

13. - hidiroka Sunumer 5.2 6.9 ! 3.9Post Monsoon 5.4 7.1 4.1

_________ ___________________ W inter 6.06 7.7 4.2[14. Keru SuMMer 3.26 4.1 2.1

Post Monsoon 5.13 6.9 3.1Wintcr 5.84 7.1 4.0

. Nar.va Sunimer 3.8 5.1 3.1Post Monsoon 5.49 7.4 4.1

.________ _______________ Wintcr 6.65 8.6 5.06. K inim.sariya Summer 4.9 6.7 3.4

Post Molisooni 5.14 6.7 4.1Winter 5.49 7.0 = 4.

17. Mathaniia RSEB Summer 3.39 4.5 3.0Post Monsoon. 5.12 6,4 = 4.3

t_~ ____ . Winter 6.31 7.9_ S _

D)r lnrh,,a 1200 (1 383 i CCorrC'cLed/ rupolrClhapi-3- Tables. Iloc

! Sl.No j SI:ilalIi se;gjii ' ._ axi2Ill Mi,i,,,,

t ___. _____________ _ (ggim') (Ii6/ghn') ((i±glin')58 Ba-lzirwa Sunimer S.74 7.9 3.8

Post Monsoon 4.47, 5.6 3.6Winter 5.35 6.2 4.3

_. _. .. Klhauri Summer 4.7 7.1 3.9Post Monsoon j 4.81 6.1 3.4Winter T 5.6 7.3 4.6

20. Ghevra Sunimer 5.16 6.7 4.1Post Monsoon 4.59 6.4 3.1Winter 5.4_ 6.9 4.0

Source: EIA Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd.. 1999

D.) ieirchn,a II2Ll 083 I Corrected reportlClhapt-3- Tablesvdoc ECX

Table No. 3.J 0AmbinCt Air Qualily Monitoring Rcsiilts

l'(LLUl;TAN'I: NOx

SI.No. Siation Season Mean Maxiniuni j linuilmI________ I (pLgfrm) (tgim 3) (({p±g/ni31. B3hainserkutri Summer 9.57 14.2 4.1

Post Monsoon 8.58 11.5 _. Winter 9.73 13.0 4.

72. Maraklar Sunimer 18.39 28.0 0.Post Monsoon 7.35 6.0 4.2Winter 7.8 9.9 4.2

Jud Sunumer 18.55 27.1 12.0Post Monsoon 19.5 29.1 12.0Winter ~ 20.32 30.0 4.2

4. Kalava Kalam Sunumer 9.6 14.0 5.2Post Monsoon 11.1 17.4 5.9

__ Winter 11.75 18.0 4.25. Mandore Summer 18.79 35.0 5.0

Post Monsoon 17.9 49.2 8.1Winter 17.89 30.4 4.2

6. - Ujliya Surnmer 1104 17z 6.2Post Monsoon 9.57 15.1 5.1Winter 10.79 15.6 4.2

7. Chaupasoni Surnsner 19.54 31.0_ ' 11.0Post Monsoon 6.55 8.4 4.1Winter 7.34 9.5 4.2

8. Tivari Summer 16.33 26.0 10.0Post Monsoon 5.8 7.6 4.2Winter 6.19 8.2 4.2

9. Ummed Nagar Summer 15.08 25.0 5.0Post Monsoon 5.23 7.4 4.1Winter 6.35 9.0 4.2-

10 eRampura Surmner 18.38 35.0 6.0Post Monsoon 5.85 7.2 4.2Winter 5.6 8.2 4.2

11. IdGopasariya Summner 62.62 31.9 1.1Post Monsoon 5. 18 7. 3.1

_ _Winter 5.96. 8.0 4.2012. ev ra Summer 13.23 25.0 6.0

4 ~~~~~~~Post Monsoon 4.72 7.6 4.2Winter ~~~5.778. 4.2

I _ ~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~Wiiiier Y. 61 ~ 8.0 4.2. 13 Iidroka Summner 16.67 23.0 8.o

Post Monsoon 5.27 8.4 43.1Winter 56.22 7.8.4 4.'2

j 16. - i a l sari Summer 16.25 23.0 3.0Post Monsoon 4.72 6 5.4 4.9i ______________ Winter 5.77 7.8 4.2

15. N Nanra Summer 46.5 3 32 14.0 _Post Monsoon 5.13 7 6.4 4.-1Winter 545 7.1 1 4.2

16. KOi(-a1iisariya Summer 14.0 j 75.0 | 3.0Post Moiisoon 4.86 ;6.7 3.9Winter 5A 4 '.7 4.2

17. Maltlania RSI B Sum-mer 24.23 3 3. 2 14.Post Monsooll j5.12 16.

. _ _ ___ Winlel- ~ ~~~~ ~~~~~~ 6D)6 - 7.

Sl.No. jSi;lioill Scason Mean Maximum Minimin._________ _______________ _ (jig/ rn) ( g/ 'rn) ((Lg/li')

18. 3Balarwa Sumnier 15.21 28.0 5.0Post Monsoon 5.16 6.7 3.7

__________ ___________ __ Winter 5.98 7.519. Khari Summer 19.58' 26.0 10.0

Post Monsoon 4.93 6.1 3.4. _________________ W inter 5.58 6.9 4.2

20. Ghevra Summer 15.58 28.0 7.0GhI Post Monsoon 4.85 5.9 4.1

Winter 5.31 6.2 4.2

Source: EIA Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd., 1999

T'able No. 3.11

Monitoring Stations

S. No. ;ocation Distance and Direction Land Use

|T. Solar Observatory at Mathania % km & So'--. Rural

2. Chaupasni Village 1 km & Sou- Rural & Residential

Bhailiser Kutri Village s kin & No -W±st Rural & Residential

Sourcc Field Monitoring Conducted by CES

Table No. 3.12Ambient Air Qualitv Data

sI.Nm4. l.ocatioll Pollttiant Concentra2ofiD t.g m')SPM RP!I FSOi NOx

I. Solar Observatory at 1 210.0 441 - 3623IMaihaliani!

H 197.7 3W: 19.35 26.4______ III 219.0 4 26.3 40.02. Chaupasni Village 135.0 I 81 Ii.31

i H 124.0 ' 5.83 16.2I _______________________ III 150.5 ::.. S.30 22.03. Bhainser Kutri Village I 120.0 4.32 12.4

134.0 : t. : i 6.64 14.4III 153.0 ': 4.81 10.3

CPCB Standard 200.0 10(.0 1 80.0 80.0

Source: Field Monitoring Conducted by CES

I). lrchn,I2000o 0(&IDCorrectedrepori Cliapi.3-Tables. doe EC

rabic No. 3.13

Noise Monitoring Stations

| S(alion - Location Category of Area Permissible LimitNI Bainserkutr Residential Area L,, Day Time L, Night TimeiNl Bainserkuitri Residential ATea 55 4 8N2 Manaklar Residential Area 55 45N3 Jud Residential Area 55 _ 45N4 Kalawa Kalam Residential Area 55 45N5- Mandore Residential Area 55 4 5N6 Ujliya Residential Area 55 45

I N7 Chaupasoni Residential Area 55 __

L N = Tiwvaii 7Rsidential Area 55 45j N9 ~~Ummed Nagar Residenrial Area 554i

NI N10 Rampura Residential Area 55 45Nil I (p:asariya Rcsidcntial Area 55 45N12 NMcvra Residential Area 55 48N13 Indroka Residential Area 55 45N14 Keru Residential Area 55 45N15 Narwa Residential Area 55 45N16 Kiramsariya Residential Area 55 45N17 Maihania RSEB Industrial Area 75 70! N18 Balarwa Residential Area 55. 45N19 Khari Residential Area 55 45\ 20 Ghera Residential Area 55 45

Sour ce: E1A Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd., 1999

D) . e /rn aL 083fX0 lJ@31Cor,ecied/ repvofltlClawpI3-Jable s.doc EC

'T'abic No. 3.14Noisc Level Data

No. LocaIion Lq (Day) dB(A) L,t (Night) dB(A)

Summer Post Winter Summer Post Mon- WinterMon- soonsoon

1 Bhainser Kutii 54 45 44 38 39 382 Manaklar 56 46 45 44 40 39l Jud 52 49 47 40 43 41t4 Kalawa Kalam 51 48 46 39 41 415 Mandore 50 48 47 42 41 416 Ujliya 48 46 48 41 41 417 Chaupasoni 52 52 53 38 44 448 Tiwari 55 53 54- 44 43 439 Ummednagar 45 48 47 32 45 451 0 Rampura 48 47 46 42 42 42TF 1 Gopasoriya 47 52 - 51 38 44 4412 Mcvra 49 53 52 43 4 ' 4313 Indroka 47 47 44 42 42 4214 Keru 49 47 42 43 41 -4115 Narwa 50 47 43 45 43 4316 Kiramsariya 48 46 47 41 40 4017 Mathania RSEB S0 48 49 43 41 4118 Balarwa 49 _ .50 55 44 40 4019 Khari 53 48 46 40 41 4120 Ghera _ . 54 49 48 43 43 34


I'abic No. 3.14Noise Level Data

SI.o Location L, (Day) dB(A) L, (Night) dB(A)

Summer Post Winter Summer Post Mon- WintcrMon- soonsoon

t I 3Bhainser Kutri 54 45 44 38 39 382 Manaklar 56 46 45 44 40 39

, ud 52 49 47 40 43 414 Kalawa Kalam 51 48 46 39 41 415 Mandore 50 48 47 42 41 416 Ujliya 48 46 48 41 4 1 417 Chaupasoni 52 52 53 38 44 44

Tiwari 55 53 54 44 43 439 Unmmednagar 45 48 47 32 45 4510 Rampura 48 47 46 42 - 42 42

Gopasoriya 47 52 51 38 44 4412 MCvIJ 49 53 52 43 43 4313 Indroka 47 47 44 42 42 4214 Keru 49 47 42 43 41 A4115 Narwa 50 47 43 _ 45 43 436 Kiramsariya 48 46 47 41 40 4017 Mathania RSEB S0 48 49 43 41 4118 Balarwa 49 50 55 44 40 4019 Khari 53 48 46 40 41 4120 Ghera . 54 - 49 48 43 43 43


D: i(l c-ill)/ u OO/)U /15.? O;3~Co,r7 cicr/ , nlClf g-3- TobIv. doc 1 (

Table No. 3.15

Periodic Variation in Water Quality In Jodhpur Lift Canal

SI.No Parameters Units June Sept Nov Feb Apr July Oct99 99 99 2000 2000 2000 2000

pH 8.6 2 7.9 8.0 8 8.32 Turbidity NTU 4.0 2.0 4.0 17.0 6.0 1 36.6 5.13 Specific .pnmho/c 220 260 240 250 250 240 250

Conductivity m4 Total Mg/I 154 182 168 175 175 168 175

DissolvedSolids .

5 Phenoptha- Mg/I 30.0 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 4lein:Alkalinity (asCaCo3) i

6 Total Mg/I 94 102 98 120 98 iSo 102Alkalinity(as CaCO3) 86

7 Total Mg/I 86 86 94 126 88 78 104liarduiess

8 Calcium Mg/I 66 40 78 104 68 46 90Hardness _ .j ,

9 Magnesium Mg/I 20 46 16 22 20 . 2 14Hardness :

10 Carbonate Mg/l 86 86 94 120 88 78 102Hardness i

I I Non- Mg/I Nil Nil Nil 6 Nil I Nil 2CarbonateHardiiess , !

12 Chloride Mg/i 34 16 1 6 16 IS 22 16(as Cl) I . _ _

13 Nitrates Mg/I Traces 4 5 4 7 2 7(as NO3) .

14 Flourides Mg/I 0.25 0.20 0.20 0.27 020 i 0.20 0.40!_____ (asF) _0 '

Source: PliED Laboratory, Jodlhpur

/).: lo 12/IIU (.rX1 '3 -lCorrected ieporhlChap-3- Tables.doc LC

Table No; 3.16Aialysis ltesults of'Surface Watcr Sampled from Jodhpur Lift Canal'at Balernva

rsi. armetcrs Unit sutsNo. (V_alue)1 P1- 7.65___ 'I'urbidity _ __NTU 223 Turbidity (after settling for 3 days) NTU 44 Conductivity (at room temperature) Micromho ,cm. 2415 Dis2oived Oxygen mg_i 9.26 Total Dissolved Solids mg/] 204_ _ _7 Total Hardness (as CaCo3) mg/l 1568 TTotal Alkalinity (as CaCo3) mgA 140I_9 _Calcium (as Ca) mg/ 36

10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l _ 16II Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 2S12 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 613 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 2214 Potassium (as K) mg/l 6.4IS Total chromium (as Cr) mg/i Not detcc ible16 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.32_ _ _

17 Lead (as Pb) mgA O.OOS18 Nitrate (as NO3- N) _ _g_l 0.2261 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/I 0.5120 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l Not detcctable21 Copper (as Cu) mgA Not detectable

SoirC e: Collected (on 18.09.2000) and Analysed by CES (I) Ltd

D:larch/n,1200() 0)3IConrectecd reportlChapi-3-Tables.doc, EC

Table No. 3.17Water Sampling Stations

Station Location Sample TypeW I -Rajasni Gjround WaterWZ Jud (iround WaterW3 L3alarwa G(;round Water.W4 Daijar iGround WaterW5 kBainserkutr (iround WaterW6 Manai (;round WaterW7 Keru Ground WaterW8 T ivan G round WaterW9 Manaklar (iround WaterW I ( Rampura (iround WaterWi l Ch'vandiyalli ( Found- WaterW12 (Ghevra C;round Waterw 13 Malhailia (Ground WatcrW 14 Bainserkotwali Ground WaterW15S Narwvara (round Water

Sourcc: EIA Keport prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ld.,1I99

Tablc No. 3.18

Water Quality Data

Si.No.l Paramctcrs~ I nit Dcsirable i WI W2 W3 W4 Ws

LimitI

A. Essential .

Characteristics

I 1. 0 Colour Hazen 5 <; <5 <5 <5 <

unit:

2. Odour Unobj 1Unobj Unobj Unobj Unobj - Unob;

3. .Turbidity NTI 5 (max) 1.2-1.4 1.2-1.4 1.2-1.3 1.2-1.4 1.1-1 4 I

4. ,PH 6-8.5 7.2-8 8-8.4 7.9-8.2 7.5-8.1 S.2-S 4

S. Total Hardness mgl 300 (max) 210-240 450-570 390-430 370-475 322-'0

'as C3CO3 )

6. t Iron as (Fe) mgl 0) 0.12-0.13 0.11-0.12 0.12-0.14 0.12-0.12 BDL-0. I1

7. Chlorides (as me] 250 (max) -75-85 105-290 132-140 162-170 116-140

Ici,8. | Residual mg 1 0.2 (mnax) BDL BDL BBDL BDL BDL

Chlorine (as CI)

B. Dfesirabic

Characteristics

9. Dissolvd 500 (max) 520-620 1300-1405 630-720 790-955 1200-1350

Soiids .,

10. . Cooper (as Cu) me 0.05 (max) IBDL BDL BDL BDL. BDL

11. langanese (as me; 0.1 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Mi-.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-12. Siu;hate (as Timg 200 (max) 14.5-20.5 54-60 36-40 i 52-56 20.5-2

3. Nn.alc (as j e 45 (mtx) r6066 11.2-65 72-7S 162-166 1 SS94

NC\i

| 14. F1or!de-(as F) - CO . 1.0 (max) 2.2-2.6 1.1-3.9 2,3.fl- 4.2-4. 1

I5. Prenolic £nil. |0.001 BBDL BDL BDL B BDL i 131D1.

Co-ipoinids (as | (max)

16. '._mium (as im_ 0.01 (max) BDL BDL B-DI. BDL 13D1.

17 .e:nitm (isTj mg I0.01 (max) BDL BDL BDI- |BDL ltl)l

Se I . i11

LTZ -A:\-;.X'ii(as As) |ma.. 0.05(nma\) BDL BDL BDL I BDL 13BDI.

7D .z--, . - isi(z;cetlfliisp-R-rhtt*') EC

r[Sl.No. I'.t armwe rs .thig I)csiralble WI W2 WA3 W4

,imlit*

_- ('yanide (as mg/i 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL 13)1

CN)

21. I,(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL21. Zinc (As Zn) mg/I 5 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDI.

22. Chromium (as mg/l 0.05 (max) BDL BDL EFBDL BDL BDL

Cr)

23. Pesticides - mg/I Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absemt

24. Alkalinity (as mg/l 200 (max) 166-186 360-400 210-240 190- 257-27CaCO3)

Boron mg/l I (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Note: BDL - Below Detectable Limit

For all elements 0.01 mg/I

NTUJ: Nephlometric turbidity unit

Unobj: Unobjectionable

As per Drinking Water Standards (IS 10500:1991)

Souice: EIA Report prepared by Aqura Labs Pvt. Ltd., 1999

Tablc No. 3.19

Water Quality Data (Contd..)

F SI.No. Paraneters Un Desirable W6V W7 W8 -- -v9 I "0io

A. . __ ., Issentiai

Characteristics

Colour Hazen 5 <5 <5 <5 <5 C '

units

2. Odour Unobj Unobj Unobj Unobj Unobj Unob

|., TurbiditC 5 (max) 1.4 -1.6 1:2-1.3 1.3-1.5 1.2-1.3 1 -1.2

4' 1ll _ 6:5-8.5 76-.S 77.9 7.6-8.2 7.2-7.8 7-7 4

_.__'Iotal Hardness m F 300a(max) 289-310 291-320 310-322 270-40( 1 30

(as CaCOoi

t6r I i' 1:i : _ _ g1 (. 3 (1.D-0.I4 BI)I.-l. ' I- .1''- AI)I.-.l ( ii) n 1

7. Chlorides (as mg/I 250(max) 79-89 47-125 85-92 130-135.4 1l1-i12

cI)

8. Residual mg/I 0.2 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL ! BDL

Chlorine tas Cl)

|B DesirableCharacteristics

-. _ iSsoi'ds mg/l 500(max) 499-505 487-555 507-526 580-714 7S0-'H2

Solids_

Coppper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL f Di 1 !Manuga,ics, (as mLl 0.1 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL 131)1

12. Sulphaia (as meln 200 (max) 14.3-54 18-36 18-56 14.216.2 14.4.1.2

; I . NniE tis (as W1 45 (max) BDL-78 92-133 98-100 92-98 I(00. iO

t 14. F loride as F) mnt1 1.0 (max) 0.85-2.1 1.2-1.5 1.1-1.0 1.2-1.4 0..).-1

15. Phe)ojti mIg 0.001 BDL BDL BDL BDL 131)1

Compcoi.lns (as (max)

V16 Cadm,iun (a ;( I 0.0 (maCadmlti1il (as .01 (max) B DL BDL BDL 131).

j d I ) _ T

D.-*t-lw0 L(Jil!t e (,, ;ece/rio)} l ^/1PtJ- ahls.rlo 'EC;

SI.N',. P':Ira nkIiers I Jnit - l)eqsiruabic W6 _ _ .7 - W8.W .VII\

Limit*

17. Sclenium (as mg/I 0.01 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL I BDLSc)

18 Arsenic (as As) mg/I 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BE)I.

19. Cyanide (as mg/I 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL B3DL 1BDTI. ICN)

20. Lead (as Pb) mg/I 0.05 (max) BDL BDL .12 BDL BDL BDL

21. Zinc (As Zn) mg/l 5 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22. Chromium (as mg/l 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDI.

Ct)

3. Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absenit Absent Absenti

4. Alkalinity (as mg/l 200 (max) 200,240 172-220 194-220 30S-320 280-52t

s. BoronA mg/I I (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL ] BDI.

Note: BDL - Below Detectable Limit

FPr all elements 0.01 mg/I

NTU: Nephlometric turbidity unit


As pcr Drinking Water Standards (IS 10500:1991)


/): arc/,hu, 2000 0831Crir'cfed rporuIlChapt-3--TabIxdoc EC

Tablc No. 3.20

Watcr Quality Data (Contd..)

PIaranmcters Unit Desirable WIl iW2 "'13 N14 3

Liniit*

A. Essential _ _

Charactcristics

Colour Hazen 5 <5 <5 <5 <5 |

units Ai

2. Odoir - Unobj Unobj | UUnobj nobj objb Unobj

3. Turbidity NTU1 5 (max) 1.3 -1.8 1.6-2,1 1.2-1.8 2-2.5 1.2-1.4

4. PH 6.5-8.5 7.6-7.9 7.6-7.9 8-8.1 8.2-8.7 7.8-8.0

5. Total Hardness mg/i 300 (max) 410-460 410-420 380-400 420-450 f 410-43) j

(as CaCO3)

6. Iron as (Fe) mg/l 0.3 BDL-0.12 BDL-1.4 0.10-0.12 0.11.-0.1X I 0.12-0 1 i

7. Chloridcs (as mg/I 250 (max) 90-95 96-102 95-100 9C-99 94.5T 9-

Cl) I

8. Residual mg/l 0.2 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BIDL

Chlorinie (as Cl)

B. Desirable .

Characteristics

9. Dissolved mg/l 500 (rnax) 885-1020 855-S62 790-850 1800- 927-9'0

Solids 2080

10. Copper (as C) mg/ 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL B BDL

11. Manganiesc (as mg/I 0.1 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL I3DI

i12 u pliate (as nmg/I 200 (max) 30-36 4S-56 48.2-50 75-S9 62-7'

13. Nitrate (as |mgI 45 (max) 48-56 51- 5 5S-SS 69-79 '6 Z

T4 T Floride (as F) mgIl 1.0 (max) 3-4.S 2.94.2 3.2-4 4-4.8 3.6-

IS. t5;, P1e-nolic mg/l 0.001 BDL BDL BDL BDL | ID

CI (rproknds (as (miiax)

16.1 CahimiLmnii (as mg/I. 0.01 (max). D1)1. IBDI. 3)DL BDI. BDI.

I) .n/m L_0 _3 .C,ei' .LprFGw,3 Ta/_ ./a EC_

I SlNo. P:rI-anclers enit ! I)csirable W j W12 W13 W14 WI S

Limit*

17. Selenium (as mg/I 0.01 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL B

Sc)

18. Arsenic (as As) mgIl 0.05 (max) jBDL BDL BDL BDL

19. Cyanide (as mg/ 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

CN) I__20. Lead (as Pb) mg/I 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL-0.14 BDL-0.2 BDL-0.14

21. Zinc (As Zn) mg/I 5 (max) |BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22. Chromium (as mg/i 0.05 (max) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDI.

Gr)

23. Pesticides mg/I Absent j Absent Absent Absent Absent Absemt

24. Alki;iliily (as mg/I 200(niax) j 400-410 410-420 315-140 320-360 310-3f(t

CaCO3) I 2S. l5oron mg/l I (max) | BDL BDL 13DI. BDI ! ThV

Note : BIDL - Below Detectable Limit

For all elements 0.01 mg/I

NTU: Nephlomernic turbidity unit


As per Drinking Water Standards (IS 10500:1991)


i awic 0o. ,J.ZJSalicnt rcaturcs of Indlira Candhi Naliar

t Sl. .No. Iecatulres ParametesDischarge 7000-8000 cusec

2 Original dischargc from 18000 cusecSaLluj Barrage

3 Estimated losses 2 cusec/million sq. ft.4 Canal length 1109.7 km

j S - Water depth 16.5 ft6 Bottom width 100 ft

! 7 Side slope 2:1 (H:V)f 8 Lining Double tiled and 16 mm thick cemilenit Illtal.ll

(1.3) lining over it.

(SouLrcc: PI'IED, Jodlipur)

D 'iciiuin2 i 2(Jtfl)33 lCot neceeI rieportlCiapt-3- Tables.<loc EC

Table No. 3.22Salienit lh)e;tils of lajiv Gandhi Lift Caisai

Si. Features As per As Pcr Modified Phase 11.No. sanctioned

Phase 11

I. Iopulation BcnefitedJodhpur City 10,63,739 10,63,739enroute villages 3,56,145 22,95,702Other Urban Towns 1,53,439Total 14,19,884 35,12,880

2. Habitations coveredBermer -- 117 (rural) & I (urban)Jaisalmer --

Jodhpur - 454 (rural) & 2 (urban)Total - 571 (rural) & 3 (urban)

3. Water Demand (in MLD)Jodhpur City 250.523 250.523cniroute villages 26.676 184.S04)X1 lh-r I 11bal Towlis -- 17.045Tolal 277.199 452.972

4. l)rawal ol Raw Water from IGNPCanal (in cumec)Jodhpur City and villages to be fed 3.821 4.035from KayalanalEnroute villages and other urban 0.321 2.532townsTransit losses 1.859 0.946Total 6.000 (212. 7.513 (265 cusec.)

cusec)5. Off-take Point Chainage 1109 of Indira Gandhi Main Canal near

Madasar village of Jaisalmer6. Canal Operation Duration (in days) 300 3007. Length of Conveyance System (in

kmn)Pipeline 28.555 28.555Canal 177.080 177.080Total 205.635 205.635

(Source: PHED, Jodhpur)

Table No. 3.23

Village-wise 1;01.11 Population and Literacy Lcvel of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in lheStudy Area

Sl No. 1 Namecof the Village Population | Litcracy

I 1 i Mathania 9592 1944 6 32.: 22 Chopasini 1321 ]62 0

3 Rampur 2164 ,713 27.174 Kotra 852 0 42 15.96

Rajasani 1512 94 46 20.50| 6 . UmmedNagar 2860 3o 72 24.44

! 7 ! Tibry 10000 1775 128 i 7 8 |Balakha (Balarwa) 2208 635 27 35.36 !

9 Brijwariya 3779 630 27 26 22 110 VasorKurti 1028 193 3 1S.9711 Vasor Chawandi 1184 214 14 22.S912 Sindhiokidani 1604 14 24 14.21Sow-cc: Censts of Irdin 199/

i): .jl rcj,,, hil2fn' US3.?z>w7rcletletetvol tlChapt-3-T(Ihlest -c. C

Table No. 3.24Available Public Amenities in the Study Area

Sl.No Namc of the Medical Drinking Village Approach ro^vcVillage Amenities water Hants Road supply

Mathania D(I). W,TK, - KRPR EA

PHC(l) TW

2 Chopasini - TW,HP - KR,PR EA

3 Rampur FPC (I) T,TK, - KR,PR EATWi

4 Kotra HP j KR EA

5 Rajasani TK,HP,R - KR EA

6 Ununed-Nagar T,TK, - KR.PR EA

TW,HP .

7 Tibry H(l), HC(I) T,T9W,HP - KR,PR ED.EAG Il3alakha CHW(I) T,TW,HP - KRJIR LEl I.A(,(Balarwa) .

9 Brijwariyi PHC(I) T,H, - PR EATW,HP _ _

10 VasorKurti T,W,TW,HP - 1 KR ED.LEAG

II Vasor W,TW, - KR ED.EAG

Chawandi HP

12 Sindhiokidani T - EAG

SCource: Census of lndia /991

NVote on abbreviations:healtlhPHC = primoty health centre, FPC =family planning centre,D= dispensan.CHW= comnlltritiry health worker. HC = health centre, H = hospitai;drinkintg ,¶'atc!rT= tap water. W= well water. TK = tank water; TW- tube well water.HP= hamd punmp. R= lr er. Fzfunrain, C= cainal. L= lake. S= spring, N= nallah, O=others;approach to villageKR= kaitch(i road. PR= pucca road:po)t?er suIppl

ED= electricity for domestic purpose. EAG= electricityfor agriculture. E.4= a'kcrricin for allpullriose's

.: ..I.a 12000 0S3Coarrecited reportlChapt-3-Tables.doc EC

mmI^Y 't 10 ,_nI VI)V"-

3¶41 CIY ~u% '. iwfl\ \

0ab1 WNIVX~O~ 4wo NAS ReAs. 2NM

-~~~~~~ ~~ S'iifi Ai4.. .-. , A-'§d

g!L o,,i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,,, 01av,

91 ~ ~ ~ ~v \,lr o SLSw-- f -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4s4A f w X~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4

rS 4-* I } / _k ~~~~~loko"' W

i2 65 7 o n. ss o7 5 3,

.Osiyon ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LEG'END:ROAD _

OALWAY LINE -

RIVERICANAL -

< ; / t Nexroz WestII. \ VILLACEITOWN <

26 26 FtESERVED F2REST

SOIL SAI.PLIW,S.AtIONS X

2e ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2635' 7h w35

26' ._ 26'30~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0

< oFf¢;AiroWt; Hz ' m Ev''uAiy

Oiqo~lDhi 5ghWI.

26, 26'

26 Zs' -C S ' PREP|SO 7 3 0 5'

.ma~~~~~~~~~a io~~~~~~~~~~~wd C*m*onI 01 OJ~~OCVI '5C

*- IlR

12 CS' '2 50 72 55' 0' 73 5' 73 (0' ~~~~~sa'j'

I NQGIr

CALM

\ 34.25X . REFERENCE DRAWtNG-

RAI^tr STATE POVIER c0R0R80 Uw/llEWIND ROSE DIAGRAM

4"W | N O R O S E 01 aG R AM E~~~~~~~~~~~IA STUJDY OF PROPOSED t140 btWWVINTIZ~ SEASOF'JtAEDSMCMBNDCCL

tCw | N r t: g ( S E A E;; O N ~~~~~~~POWE-R PROJ ECT AT htATHANIAr-J 1=rI F E3 z|

CI,.¶,AUC;f 11N0. 1C & I NI1 r.

S.*. VArU Ar. V n*t *I. .AEpl s n,r. , INTE s-,l _so

leS :~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - S *O rn

CALM

R~ERFtNCE OIRAV1NC-

/' -- -P- -. Is I a

/~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~tfm /W stAJE PowE# comRArow Lwn/ . In-A

EIA SIUDY OF PROPOSMD 140 WrHEGRATE SOLM COUEPNED CtUE (6C

POWER PRCkJ:Cr AT NlATHANlA

WINO IROSE DIAGRAM _ ii1Kt

51JMMER SEFA~SON' E St4tM A R A, r: FR MA gY~

W<t".tRY

RA'AS\M STATE POWER CORPMATON4 L'-flED

CIA STUDY OF PROPOSED i40 MW

INTEGRATED SOLAR COMBINED CYCLE (ISCC)

POWER PROJECT AT MATHANIA

WINO ROSE DIAGRAM~ C~

r_OST NA_NSOCOIJN

/C !'I/ C D A |

f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~@4. // . \3 , .w@-3. I

Ij 8- | 45 ' | SO, 72t5i ' 73' O' n3 | 5' I I

- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LEGEND:I -1I

VER-____CA __RE

I lEhetasiK I , Nero VILL.AGE ITOW'V _.

(F2REERvED ES_

WATER OUAL ITY Khcf,a . 6~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4M4R~IN0 STATIONS

, i )C < \ \ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~Ksilowo K.olsn

35' | /me\J ogaw 3\

7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~26|0 ~JGo i 30' T I 4 |

auto~~~~~=

2t'di h~ \ 9.woY ____,_ /2S E

~~~~~~i see2-* 6 I--; I ,

.6,2$ 4 '~ 'VI

ChagI tui1d

1 2$5' --------

moo/

'>~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2 rr? E.rtV MTEECD STcA OW~0.-7c

I ..

* ''''''- '-' ''-''I''' ''-- -1-- A T_ 4 _ _C I _ _LLT

; 72 : ~~~~~~~~~~- I 1 ' ! 5;M072|57 A -,;PO,

: _ ._ _,_ s .... ...... ...... _ . __ ._ .__.. ___ __........._...-. .-

-._..7?' .. 4 5 0 73 '73 o

j io

------ . *--- . -. -.. . .s s e . .e @ -s- -- e e -+ . . . . . . . . . . .1.*.l

1- ~~~ ~. . . . . . . . . . . .'..I.. . . . . . . ... . .?

N e*-l-\. . .- .- . . . . -. -e

--. * u . .* . .* . . . . .j . * .

;fi S S J..... ...... \PD'__;_;

'-------'M-l\\----

it' I -- * _ _73*

ROAD

dt-- l !t -e0

RA -

v DRAINAGE DENSM CATEGOR(SATION

Ct2J o.,i ~~~j 1J130

, it* O.Alo $.Mq Appr.aU. CR*. 0D0M.4

- \\W\ ) t<n P g/W rrs~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ o*MRd*t~ _ (wOLOG

ORI MGI AO4

,SM STAJE 0aHR W1EMNIV HAPE

__, i f ' a\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ST" ' \ n'_ '_D 4' _W_

({ < 99s { t \ \ §i \ / /^ < @G~~~~~~~~~~NTERATE Sa = E.C9s CECI (MCC)

Xf~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~k w>o rvi -- a S Too i-t1 \ 9 j X \, /f; h~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RIlNAu A HRllrtOUr

t a > 't tom) \ < ,,, \}'^ _ OfC-Co ;w_ >^^w~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PADrm EgLqyNA

i -Xs- /\- 0tO,l _

Id ol

OAD

JXAICHA'Alt--L�Y LOl

CAJOAL

414

I-e J 4 Ap -t, �-710 %,X.LANDUSE C t A S 5 I F I C A I I 0 N

CL%rftjg0 LAND

FALMV LA.V

clmtlgolff�!" WASIS

L tANOWMtANDWMW XRL-I

-LI 4t

Awkels. ct.". NW-con 000"'Int)

NI" I ql" Q�gil : ; -, -4, <

lqw,3 I 0 S

;llt ll�,, 1. A

.�4 LIJKIIV-'Ftl4kSTKk4 STAIE PIW/ER CORK)RATEN LOATCOr-IELOL STUDOLOf P SEEDO (1: 4 0 LtwIMOFtATED SY AR C=

YCLE (IScc)"OVIER PROJECT AT MAT4ANIA,J

AS

LANWSE SETTLEMENTMAP

K

ANNEXURE - 3 .1

(iGOVlRNMENT IF : RJASTI IAN(iRo )IJNI) WVATFR )E'PARTME .1 M OI)Il'IJI\

NoTl. ( )TA'-II (iWl)d:J-2f)00- 3 'DIaLcd: g\x:

To.

Fihe Associate-Dircctor.

M.s Consuilting Engineering Serviccs (P) Ltd..57. Nehru Place,Newv Dellhi -- I 10 019

Sub Inft.onrlation on Ground water potential of Matlani'a &adjoining areas.

Ref Your letter No. 200064:;EE/066 dated 25.11.2000

Dear Sir.

Please refer to your letter dated 25.11.2000 on the above subject and

subsequent discussions with the Superintending Hydrogeologist. G.W.D..

Jodhpur. Ihc proposed area is located in the 'Over Exploited zone' and

tlherefore. thie drawal of ground water to mcet the water requirement IlO' tile

proposed ISCC power plant at Mailhaiiia is not recommiiended.

Yours t'aiihllifll'y.

CIIV N(11L

ANNEXURE 3.2Villagewise List of Khasra Numbers

Khasra Village Type ofS1. No. Numbers Name Owners Name Land Ownership

_ 64713 Mathnia Umedram Sia Ghamaram B-l1l Private2 647/11 Malhnia Umedram Slo Ghamaram B-l1l Private3 647/6 Matlhnia Umedram Slo Ghamaram B-l1l Private4 647/6 Mathnia Gangaram Slo Ghamaram B-l1l Private5 64719 Mathnia Gangaram Sfh Ghamaram B-Ill Private6 647/12 Mathnia Gangaram S/o Ghamaram B-111 Private7 647/18 Mathnia Gangaram S/o Ghamaram e*111 PrivateB 647/7 Mathnia Devaram S/o Fusaram 8-Ill Private9 647r 4 Mathnia Devaram S/o Fusaram 8-ll Privateto 647120 Mathmia Deram S/a Fusararn B-l1l Plivate11 720 Mathnia Ramial, Nenaram and Khelaram Ch-ll Pnvate12 72111 Mathnra Ramlal, Nenaram and Khetaram 3-111 Privale13 719 Mathnia Ramlal, Nenaram and Khetaram Danhd Sar Ptivate14 718 Mathnia Ramial, Nenaram and KhIetaram Well Private15 650 Mathnia Sayarchand. Chandramajee, Punaram, Tutcharam So V Ch-l Private16 649 Mathnia Sayarchand, Chandramajee, Punaram. Tutcharam Sbo V Dani/ Sar Private17 648 Mathnia Sayarchand. Chandramajee, Punaram, Tulcharam Sho V Welt Private18 652 Mathnia Jivanram sro Nandram Ch-I1 Private19 655 Mathnia Jivanram sfo Nandram Chtt Private20 651 Mathnia Jivanram s/o Nandrarn Danir Sar Private21 653 Mathnia Jivanram sio Nandram Well Private22 654 Mathnia JIvanrarm s/o.Nandrarn Saran Private23 647r5 Mathnia Jetharam.S/o Dhamuram Megh%a! 8-11l Private

Sulan Singh S/a Aidan, Vabrydev, W/o Badridan, HariSingh S/o Kailashdan. Sampat krMaar W/o Kailashdan.

721 Mathnia Himmat Singh, Narayan Slngh Sfo Sukhdev, RamkaniwarW/o Sukhdev, Dhapu W/o Dhokaldan,Bhamar Singh S/oSurajdan, Suraj kanwar W/o Ramtan, Kailashdan SfoSankardan, Bhikhdan So Apapattan, Kesukanwar WIo

24 Penadan, Urjaram, Nenaram Sbo Manrupram B-Il Private

Sultan Singh Slo Aidan, Vabryderi W/o Badridan, HanSingh S/o Kailashdan, Sampat karwvar W/o Kaitashdan,

722r1 Mathnia Himmat Singh, Narayan Singh S c Sukhdev, RamtkanwarW/o Sukhdev, Dhapu W/o Dhokarian.Bhamar Singh S/oSurajdan, Suraj kanwar W/o Randan, Kailashdan S/oSankardan, Bhikhoan S/o Apapatcan, Kesukanwar W/o

25 Penadan, Urjaram. Nenaram S.o Mtanrupram a-11 Private26 102 Chopasini Umerdan S/oJugtidan Charan Ch-ilt Private27 104 Chopasini Umerdan SJoJugtidan Charan Ch-til Private28 103 Chapasini Umerdan SoJugtidan Charon Well Private29 _ D106 Chcpasini kisan, Sona S/o Manrupram Mal; Ch-lI Private30 105 Chopasini Kisan, Sona SJo Manrupram Mal: Welt Private31 107/5 Chopasini Smt. Kamladevi Who Sohanlal Ma: B-It Private

32 107/4 Chopasini Smt. Chandrawalidavi W/o Omp-akash Maheswari B-Il Private33 99/1 Chopasini Jetharam S/o Baljee, Hukmararm So baijee Mali Ch-lI Private34 100 Chopasini Jetharam S/o Ballee. Hukmararr. So baljee Mali Ch-lt Private35 107r3 Chopasini Babluram S/o Hinglajdan Caharan B-11 Priva:e

.Madia, Kusia, Papiya Slo Girdha- (Charan), Cholaram,Pemaram. Kanaram, Manaram S o Gobaram, Jani W/o

36 119 Chopasini Gobaram (Megwal) B-ll Private37 99 Chopasini Sonaram, Khetaram. Kunaram S ;Rewantram Mali Ch-ll Private38 98 Chopasini Sonaram. Khelaram, Kunararm S zRewanltram Mali Well Private

Sdantosh Singh Sal Chhormal W-ahlot, Ramjeet W/o39 120 Chopasini Sontosh Singh Mvafi Well Private

Khasra Village Type of

Si. No. Numbers Name Owners Name Land OwnershipSdantosh Sirigh S/o Chhormal Ghahlot, Ramjeet W/o

40 121 Chopasini Sontosh Singh Mali Ch-l1 Pnvate

Sdantosh Singh S/o Chhormal Ghahlot, Rarnjeet W/o

41 122 Chopasini Sontosh Singh Mali DanUi Sar Pnvale

42 III Rampura Road B-Ill Government

43 217/1 Rampura Road B-l1l Government

44 219/1 Rampura Road B-l4l Gorernment

45 216 Rampura Govemment Land B-Ill Govemment

46 217 Rampura Govemment Land B-Ill Govemment

47 218 Rampura Govemment Land B-1it Govemment

48 219 Rarnpura Govemment Land B-Ill Government

49 223 Rampura Govemment Land B-lII Government

50 224 Rampura Govermment Land B-Ill Government

51 226 Rampura Govemment Land B-Itt Government

52 229 Rampura Government Land B4ll1 Government

53 231 R; rirpora Government Lan B-111 Government

54 232 Rampura Government Land B-Itt Government

55 234 Rampura Government Land B-ill. Government

5G 235 Rampura Government Land a-ill Government

57 237 Rampura Government Land ,B-ll Government

58 238 Rampura Governiment Land B-Hil Government

59 239 Rampura Government Land B-ll1 Govemment

60 240 Rampura Government Land B-Ill Government

61 246/5 Rampura Government Land B-Ill Govemment

62 227 Rampura Government Land B-1r1 Govemment

63 228 Rampura GoVerrment Land B-l1l Govemment

b4 230 Rampura Govemrment Land E-ilt Government

65 233 Rampura Governmeht Land B-ll Government

Note: B=Baren. Ch=Chahi (Irrigated)

CHAPTER 4ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

CHAPTER - 4

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

4.1 Introduction

In the previous chapter, we have discussed the baseline environmental condition in tileproject influence area. The impacts of the proposed power plant on the valriousenvironmental attributes like air quality, noise level, water quality. soil, ecology have beenstudied and are discussed here.

4.2 Positive Impacts

Intcgrotcd solar combined cycei is one of the cleanest technology options Reductinii in(iG i cmiission is a milajor positive feature of this plant. 1hlic otliehr blcefits includc:

a, RZeduction in the gap between demand and supplyb) Reduction in transmission and distribution lossesc) Employment opportunities to local people during construction stage and. in

deserving cases, in the operation phase as well.d) Triggering development of small and rural industriese) Generation of economic opportunities to meet various requirements of the plant and

its employees

4.3 Adverse Impacts

The potential adverse impacts during construction and operation phases are discussed inthe following paragraphs. The corresponiding mitigation measures for each of the imnpact isdiscussed in Chapter 5.

4.3,1 Impacts During Construction Phase

a) Air Environment

Transportation and Construction activities at the project site would increase air polluii.levels temporarily.

b) Noise Environment

The equipment used for construction activities like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers.generators, pumps, vibrators, cranes, compressors, pile drivers. pneumatic tools andvehicles would generate noise during construction stage.

The noise will be intermitterit and of short duratfon. The land near the plant sitepredominiantly agricultural and the settlenments are located away rlom plant boundaly. Nosignificant impact is anticipated on noise enivironment durinig cOnstructiOn1 phase.

w): 2r000w 2(JOO O.M?l( rrecfed reporlCIMIP7IF.R 4.doe IEg

c) Water Fnvironment

Sullage and sewage genierated from the labour camps and temporary housing would he ihcmain sourcc of water pollutioni. In addition to this, surfacc nim-orf would increasc lthcpollution level rmarginally.

d) Ecology

No significant impacts are envisaged on the flora and fauna of the area

e) Soil

There will not be any significant impact on soils in the study area. Materials, includingsolid-wastes will be removed after construction work is over

4.3.2 Impacts During Operation Phase

a) Air Quality

The fuel proposed to be used in the power generation is natural gas which does not emitsignificant amount of SO2 because of its low sulfur content. However, NOx will be fomiedin the furnace depending on the temperature at which it will be emitted throughi the stack.Impact on air quality in respect of NOx only from the proposed power project \-astherefore evaluated using the Industrial Source Complex (ISC-3) Dispersion ModelVersion 3 of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). Details aregiven below:

Methodology

The ISC-3 model has been used for predicting the Ground Level Concenlration (GLC's) ofNOx emitted from the stacks. The predictions have been made both spatially and lemporally.The receptors have been selected at a spatial distribution of 500 in on a 40 kh x 40 kIm gid.Hourly meteorological data for I year has been used to estimate the 24 hourly rraximunm ineach season and the annual average concentrations. Isopleths of the predicted values havebecn supeiimrnosed on the land use map.

Mlodel lnputs

a) Source

Two stacks have been considered as two point sources and their cuLimulative effect has becnconsidered while estimating the pollutant concentrations at different receptor locations.

I[hc site conditions and terrain characteristics have beeni given adteqtate weighitage vhilcselecting the Input options. The area being rural, rural dispersioni paramlieters have beeinconsidcird. Also for conservative estimates the Ground Level Conceniitationis (GLCs) havebeen calculated without any decay/depletion by scaveniginig processes.

I) ,,rth,na?200 OS.ct wzcc,cdrnpoZritCHAP7F.R 4.dtoc 2 -

Diffcrcnt source parameters, which have been used as model input, are as follows:

Capacity of each GT ! 5 MW

Number of GT 2Number of Stacks 2 2

Quantity of discharge 56.5 m?/sec/stack

Fuel consumption 0.46 mcmd

NO, emission rate 28.7 kg/hour/stack (75 ppm)

Tempcrature of flue gas |13QU C

Velocity of fluc gas 1 25 ni/sec

Stack height 45 m each

Ininer diamiietcr of stack 1 1.7 m

b) Receptors

A cartesian grid receptor network (40 km x 40 km) has been selected with receptors atspatial distribution of 500 m and ground level concentrations (GLCs) of NOx have becicalculated at each recepior.

c) Meteorology

As anl input requirement of the model, hourly meteorological data l;r tile year 1999 c:.11 cIat the MNES-REDA Solar observatory at Mathiania, which is closest to the site, hias beenused.The mcicorological parameters used in the model are:

- Wind Speed- Wind Direction- Tcmperature

- .Stability classes- Mixing Heighits

Hourly wind speed, wind directioll and temperature are given as inpuits to the model llhercztsthc hourly stability, classes have been computed based on hourly wind speed and solarradiation as per CPCB Guidelines for Conducting A.ir Quality Modelli i (PROBES/70/1 997-9S).

n):':cI,,7 8je 4,()d. Cr, rIe ,o,i!CU.4?7R JIoc 3

The hourly mixing heights have been calculated based on diurnal variation of temperatulleand mixinig heights obtained from secondary sources. The model uses six wind speedcategories and these are defined by the upper bound wind speed for the first five categolies(the sixth category is assumed to have no upper bound). The default values for wind speedcategories and wind speed profile exponents as specified in the model have been used.During model runs, calculations for joint frequency distribution of different wmindspeeds/directions and stabilities are carried implicitly. Effective plume rise has been takeln asthe sum of physical stack height and plume rise as given by Brigg s equation. It 'as alsofound that there is no possibility of occurrence of stack downwash.

The stability wind roses for different seasons have been prcsenited in Figs. N;o. 20t)( I-

083/EC/SW-4. 1 to 2000-083/EC/SW-4.4.

i v) NModel Output

As the S02 Emission by using natural gas are negligible modeling has not been done.However, Model Output is respect of NO\ are presented below.

The average concentrations have been calculated at all receptors both seasonally andannually. For seasonal computations the followving classification has been considered:

- Summer (March - May)

- Monsoon (June - Sep)

- Post-Monsoon (Oct-Nov)

- Winter (Dec-Feb)

The isopleths of the predicted values of annual average and 24-hour maximilum concentrationfor NO, have been prepared and superimposed on the regional landuse miap (Figs. No. 20' )'-0833EC/IP-4.5 to 4.6)

The maximum 24 hourly seasonal and the annual average concentrations of NOx along \" idlilte receptor location have been presented in Tables No. 4.1.

Thle maximiium fifty 24-hr concentrations of NOx along with datc ot occur renice aiid receptorlocation are given in Tables No. 4.2.

The projected air quality scenario considering baseline and predicted concentirationis has be;.iZvc'nCI in Tabics No. 4.3.

The predicted GLCs for NO, at the habitations for 24 hiour maximumi anid alllLI ac:concentr-ations are given in Tables No. 4.4. and 4.5.

I 1 *rr,.000 OS3e( ',, ci'ed irportIC/APTER 4.doc IL7R

It is observed that the 24-hour maximum concentration (7.49 LJg/n1) of NOx are found at adistance of 2.3 km in NNW direction, I km in the South direction and II kIm) in NNNEdirection. The maximum annual.average concentration (1.11 IPg/mn') of NOx is found at adistance of 2.3 km in the NNW direction.

Projected air quality scenario for NOx at cultivated area is given in Table No. 4.6. Themaximum predicted values of 24 maximum and annual average concentrations arc 12.75pg/rn 3 and 1.85 pg/m3 respectively.

Thus the concentration of NOx will remain well below the CPCB standards (80 pg/nhl) I'lrrural/residential and cultivated areas. Hence, there will be no adverse impact on the ambientair quality due to operation of the plant.

13) Noise Environment

Sources of Noise

Major noise generating sources in the plant and their typical noise levels at one-meterdistance are given below:

* Gas Turbines . 90dB(A)* HRSG 90 dB(A)* FD fans : 90 dB(A)* Turbo generators : 90 dB (A)* Boiler Feed Pumps : 97 dB(A)

Noise Level Predictions

The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases wvith increasing disianicefrom the source due to wave divergence. For an approximate cstimation of dispersion on'noise in the ambient air from the source point, a standard mathemilatical model for souIndwave propagation is used as mentioned below.

The comibiined effect of all sources can be determined as per the following equation:

Lp(total) = 10 log [10 (LpI/IO)+ 10 (Lp2/lO)+ 1o (Lp31O)+ . ] -___ (i)

wherc Lpi, Lp2 and Lp3 are sound pressure levels at a point due to different sources nm d1B.

Noise levels at various locations can then be calculated due to dil'ferenl sources as p'er tilefollowiing equation:

Lpo = L, - 20 Log r- 8 ---------- (ii)

vhere, Lp(- = Sound pressure level -at a distance r from the source

L = Sound pressure level of the source

D. 11rh/l/t'2'000 0S.3ICarier tedrepo rtCIf4PTER 4.dor5 EC

r = Distance from the source

A,. = EIxccss attcnuation causcd by an cnvironmental condition

For hemispherical wave divergence in a homogenous loss free atmospherc A,=0.

On the basis of equation (ii), noise levels with respect to distances are calculated vihil thefollowing assumptions:

• The resultant maximum noise level for all sources as calculated using equation

(i) is 103 dB(A).

• The terrain considered is flat for modeling purposes.* Environmental attenuation factors have not been considered.

Based on the equation (i), which shows that noise level at different distances from thcsources will be as under:

Distance from Source Predicted Noise level(m) dB(A)18 69100 54250 (nearest plant 46boundary) I _I

The predicted noise level at a distance of 250 m (nearest plant boundary) is found to be 46dB(A), which is well below the accepted limit. Therefore, there will be no impact on thesettlements in the vicinity.

C) Water Environment

The sources of water pollution during operation will be:

* Industrial Efflueits from various process activities (Ref. Table No. 2.2)

v Domestic Scwagc from adjoining staff quarters and washroonis

The quantity of sewage and industrial effluent will be 0.105 MLD and 3.5 MLD)respcctively. Characteristics of untreated and treated domestic wastewater are uiven inTable No. 4.7 and 4.8 respectively. Details of industrial effluent and domestic sewagetreatment process are discussed in Chapter - S (Environmental Management Plan).

Treated wastewater (industrial as -well as domestic) will be utilized for creenibelldevelopment within the plant premises; nothinig will be discharged outside. lIence. thcrcwill not be any adverse impact. The details of wastewater reultilization are givell inAnnexurc 4.1.

D) Water Usc

Water requirement of the proposed power plant will be met from the Jodhpur Lift Canal(JLC). The present flow of JLC will be augmented from 212 cusec to 265 cusec to nieetthe drinking water requirement of Jodhpur city (design population up to year 2011) and en-route villages and urban areas (design, population up to year 2016) as per Table No. 3.22.Total water demand projected to meet these requirements comes to approximately 16cusec. The maximurn water requirement for power plant is worked out to be 6 cusec.Therefore, water requirement of the project: will be met withouit causing any adverseimpact on other users of the canal.

E) Social Environment

From the perception survey and discussion with the local people it is found that the peopleliving in the projcct influence area would not be adversely affected. Since, the projcci sitcis on a Government land without any encroachment, no rehabiliiationi issuc is iIl\lVCd.

l3cnctls antlicipated by the people of the area are:

F) Irnproved supply of Electricity

The proposed power plant will augment the generation capacity of electricity in the state.This would help improve power crises in the area. The State receives power from Bhaklra,Kota, and Suratgad power plants and there is considerable transmission and distributionloss. This proposed power plant would improve the power position in the WesternRajasthan area.

ii) Increased Employment Opportunities

* Generate employment opportunities for the unemployed in the area, which is quiteconsiderable.

* Development of small/rural industries, based on power that would be available andbased on local resources and demand.

* Additional economic opportunities to meet various requirements of the plant 3nd itsemployees.

iii) Improved Health Facilities

1lhe cxIsting facility of Primary Healih Centre (PHC) located at \lathania is not adeqLuatc

to mcet present level of health problems. The proposed project ^ ould improve the existingfacilities at PHC to meet the exigencies such as bums, inhalation of harrnfiul gases andoilier accidenlal injuries. The'employee's colony will also have medical center lo hanileany sort of health problems. This center will also cater the needs of the locals.

F) Ecology and Soil

The plant.will not generate any effluent or harmfful gases. Therefore. no significant impactsarc enivisaged on ecology and soil of the area.

/) ,-hn, 2r0fltj -p-;,,-,,, , 'epofl'CIIAI ti 4.1for 7

D) Water Use

Watcr rcquircrnent of the proposed power plant will be met from the Jodhpul Lift Canal

(JLC). The present flow of JLC will be augmented from 212 cusec to 265 cusec to meet

the drinking water requirement of Jodhpur city (design population Up to year 201 1) and cn-routle villages and urban areas (design, population up to year 2016) as per Table No. 3.2?.Total water demand projected to meet these requirements comes to approximately I S6

cusec. The maximum water requirement for power'plant is worked out to be 6 cusec.

Therefore, water requirement of the project will be met without causing aniy adverse

impact on other users of the canal.

E) Social Environment

From the perception survey and discussion with the local people it is found that the peopleliving in the project influeiice area would not be adversely affected. Since, the project site

is on a Government land without anv encroachment, no rehabilitation issue is involved.

Benefits anticipated by the people of the area are:

F) Improved supply of Electricity

The proposed power plant will augment the generation capacity of electricity in the state.

This would help improve power crises in the area. The State receives power from Bhlakra,

Kota, and Suratgad power plants and there is considerable transnmission and distribution

loss. This proposed power plant -would improve the power position in the Westem

Rajasthan area.

ii) Increased Employment Opportunities

* Generate employment opportunities for the unemployed ii the area, wvhicil is quiteconsiderable.

* Development of small/rural industries, based on power that would be available and

based on local resources and demand.* Additional economic opportunities to meet various requiremniets of the plant and its

employees.

iii) Improved Health Facilities

The existing facility of Primary Health Centre (PHC) located at Mathania is not adequate

to meet present level of health problems. The proposed project would improve the existilng

facilities at PHC to meet the exigencies such as bums, inhalation of hamiful gases and

other accidental injuries. The employee's colony will also have medical center to handle

any sort of health problems. This center will also cater the needs of the locals.

F) Ecology and-Soil

The plant will-not generate any effluent or hamfiul gases. Therefore. no sigilificanl impactsare envisaged on ecology and soil of the area.

G) Impact From Relocation Of Transmission Line

High-tension line is passing over the proposed plant site. Four transmiiission towers are located(within the plant boundary. The existing electric transmission towers are required to bcrelocated to avoid shadow effect on parabolic trough mirrors and to mainitain symmetry.

An important consideration for relocation is selection of altemative route with least impacts.The transmission towers can be relocated towards north of plant boundary. The new Rigilt ofWay (ROW) will avoid vegetation and settlement. Hence this will not require' clearing andcontrol of vegetation along ROW. Relocation and placement of 4 towers will require marginalland acquisition. Details of additional land for the project are shown in Drg. No 2000083/EC/LUM-4:7.

Shifting of transmission line will be done by RSPCL in consultation withi the tranlsml1issioncompany, the Rajasthan Rajya Vidyut Prasaran Nigam Ltd. (RRVPN).

4.3.3 Quantification of Impacts And Matrix Presentation

Likely impacts on various environmental attributes are presented in matrix format inTables No 4.9 and 4.10 for construction and operation phases respectively. Forquantification of impacts, the following scale has been adopted:

0 No ImpactI Mild2 Moderate3 Sevcre

+ Positive impacts

- Negative impacts.

It is observed that most of the impacts are ranging from mild to moderate. Adoption ofmitigation measures suggested in the next chapter will further attenlutate adverse impacts.

4.4 Environmental Enhancement

* The total land of the power plant is 100 ha. Out of this, about 23 ha of land has beniiearmarked for greenbelt development. Details of the greenbelt developmenit plan arcgiven in Chapter-5. Implementation of the plan will enhanice the quality of thcenvironment.

* The Project Proponent may consider upgrading the infrastructire facilities of exisiinigPHC in Mathania. This will improve the community health in the study area.

4.5 Quality of Data And Data Gaps

Secondalry infor-mation and data were collected ftom the government agencics listedbelow:

I i'uia 20oO ()53 jl'(bC r c l ,c epot iiCHAPTER 4.doc 8 EC

* India Meteorology Department* Statc Rcvenuc Department for Land Ownership Records,* Dircctorate of Statistics and Economics, Govt. of Rajasthan* Directorate of Census Operations* Geological Survey of India* Central Arid Zone Research Institute, Jodhpur* Botanical Survey of India* Zoological Survey of India* Department of Forests, Govemment of Rajasthan* Public Health Engineering Department, Government of Rajasthan* State Pollution Control Board, Jaipur* State Ground Water Board, Jodhpur

These agencies are entrusted with the responsibility of collection and record of relcxanldata. Hence, the data obtained from these sources are reliable. Project specific micro-lcvcldata, which are not available from these sources, were collected through field survey.

I) X I'd,,n1O 'O) V 1 >1 :rpoirAClM /'7'ER 4.doe 9

Table 4.1

Predicted NO, Concentrations

Annual Seasonal (24 hrs maximum)Average

Winter Summer Monsoon Post-._____ .__________ ___________ M onsoon

Concentration 1.93 8.39 11.45 13.54 7.02( g/m 3

)

Receptor (500, 2000) (1500, (500, 1000) (500,2500) (500, -2000)|Location 1000) _ _ l

Table No. 4.2

Maximiuiim lFifty 24-llonr Concentrations of NOv

Ranlk Conccntration Date of Receptor LocalioiOccurrence

13.54 28 July (500,2500)2 13.17 29 July (500,2000)3_12.28 29 July (500,2500)4 12.27 28 July (500,2000)

12.21 25 July (500,2500)6 12.16 28 July (500,3000)7 I i.9S 24 July (500.2500)S _ 11.45 19 May (500,1000)9 11.39 3OJuly (500,2500)10 11.31 30 July (500,2000)11 10.99 25 July (500,2000)12 10.91 24 July (500,3000)13 10.832 27 July (500,2500)14 10.71] 25 July (500,3000)15 10.50 16 June (500,1000)16 10.49 24 July (500,2000)17 10.25 _ 28 July (500,3500)_ 18 10.07 29 July (500,3900)19 10.02 26 July (500,2500)20 9.88 30 May (500,2000)21 _ 9.83 27 July (500,3000)22 9.81 14 Sept (1000, 00)23 9.80 25 July (1000,4000)24 9.78 25 July (1000,4500)25 9.76 7 Sept (2000, 1000)26 9.70 27 July (500,2000)27 9.68 28 July (1000,4500)28 9.68 28 July (1000,4000)29 9.63 27 June (500,2500)30 9.63 30 July (500,3000)-1 l 9.60 3 1 July (500,2000)32 9.60 31 July (500,2500)

33 9.58 24-July (1000,4500)34 9.55 24 June (500,2000)35 9.48 6 June (500,2000)36 9.38 24 July (1000,4000)37 9.24 9 June (0,1000)38 9.24 26 July (500,.3000)

. R;nk CS'onccnitrationi Date of Receptor Locationi Occurrence

-- 39 9.22 27 June (500,3000)

* 40 9.21 24 July (500,3500)41 9.18 29 July (500,1500)42 9.15 23 June (0,1500)43 9.15 26 July (500,2000)44 9.15 I24 June (500,2500)45 9.13 0OMay (0,1500)46 9.06 10 May (0,1000)47 9.03 28 July. (1000,5000)48 9.02 30 May (500, 1500)49 8.99 25 July (1000, 5000)50 8.98 '6 June (500,1500)

Table 4.3Projected Air Quality $cenario

Pollutant : NOQ.

Season Predicted Background Total Air QualityConcentrations Ambient Concentration Standa r d

Concenitration (CPCB)

Summer 11.45 25.0 45.00 S0

Monsoon 13.54 7.4 20.94 80

Post Monsoon 7.02 7.4 14.42 S0

Winter 8.39 7.3 15.69 So

Annual 1.93 11.8 13.73 60

Average

Note: All values in ig/m3

Table No. 4.4Projected Air Quality Scenario at Habitafions (24 hrs. Maximum)

Pollutant: NOs

7SlNlKo Habitation Distance Direction Background Predicted Total(km) Ambient GLCs GLCs

Concentration pg/m 3 jg/n3

|_____ Mathania 2.3 NNW 7.1 7.79 14.89 (80)2 Rajasni j 4.3 WWS 7.8 <5.2 <13.0 (80)3 Chaupansi 1 S 31.0 7.79 38.79 (80)4 DevtaKi 9 ENE 7.3 7.02 14.32 (80)

Dhauni .5 lUmed Nagar 6 NNE 7.3 5.46 12.76 (80)6 Bainser 6.5 N 11.5 6.0S 17.58(80)

_. Clhoundiyaii _________ _ _ _ _ _

7 Banser 8 NW 11.5 <5.2 <16.7(80)Kotwali

S Kirminaya 10.5 N 25.0 <5.2 <30.2 (80)9 .. Khudiyani 11 NNE 6.7 7.79 14.49 (80)10 Bhainser 5.5 NNW 10.9 <5.2 <16.1 (80)

.___ Kurti .[11 [Rampura [ 3 S 6.3 <5.2 <1 1.5 (80)

Note: Figures in parentheses are permissible standards of CPCB for rural and residentialareas.

I'ahIe No. 4.5Projec led Air Quility Sccntario at 1-labi)tItions (Anniutal Average)

Pollitanti: NO,

SI.No I lahilatio,, r Distanice Dircctioni Backgrotiii(d Prcdicdcd Total (;.(:s(km) Ambient GLCs I.o;'

Concentration jig/ni 3

I Matliania 1 2.3 NNW 11.9 1.15 13.05 (60)2 1Rajasani + 4.3 WWS Il.. <0.52 < 11.2(60).1 I ( >llatlr,lilsa 'l ! 1. - - S ... ! 1 <0..2 --1 (I (62(004 Devia Ki ! 9 ENE 10.0 <0.52 10 52 I(J0)

Dhaunli i.. _ . UmedNaDar N 6 NNE 89 0.9 9 49 (60)6 Baiiser 6.5 N 8.9 <0.52 <9.42 (6)0

. Choundiyali I I. 7 Banser 8 W93<0 52 <9.82 (60)Kotwali |Kirminaya 10.5 N 8.1 <0.52 <S.62(60)

1.9 ._ Khudiyani 11 NNE 8.1 0.54 8.64(60)110 Bhainser 5.5 NNW 9.3 <0.52 { <9.82 (60

Kurti _

11 Rampura 3 S 10.3 <0.52 <l0.S2 (60)

Note Figures in parentheses are permissible standards of CPCB for rural and residentialareas.

2(h**: ') 3,gcw-( */I . ihI.,b,,

'Iable No. 4.6Projected Air Quality Scenar io at Cultivated Area

Pollutant NO,

Si.I Distancc (km) f Direct ion _ __ liedicted GLCsNo. 24 III- Nilx. Annual Avg.

I_i_I ENE _ _13.26 0.77

21 _ 1.5 ENE 10.14 .

.: 2.5 ENE 7.02 0.76.. _ _ _, _ . . . _ . . _._ _ _ _ _ _ _

i 4 3.2. ENE 6.62 0.59I~~~- ~3.3 ENE 6.1i 0.76=

16 5:'5 ENE <5.2 <0.52! 7 -9.5 ENE <5.2 <0.52 :

i 8 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __1 2_E 7.8 0.76

__9 3.5 E <5.2 <0.52i() -___________4 48 E c_5.2 _ 0.52 |

..... ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _| 1.7 NE 11.57 1.3612 2 NE 8.58 1.3213 2.5 NE 6.24 1.16 !14 7.5 ._NE <5.2 <0.5215 1 1 NE <5.2 <0.5216 2.0 NNE 10.14 1.5617 3.5 NNE9_ NN.36 1.36

lEt 7 5 NNE <5.2 <0.52

19 I1.3 N 9.36 1.9220 3 _ N 11.7 1.4021 _ 4 _N 9.36 I.22 N . <5.2 <0.52_123 0.8 NNW <5.2 <0 76 !

24 1.5 NNW 7.02 0.76 j25 10 NNW <5.2 <0 5226 2 NW 6.24 <0.5227 2.5 NW <5.2 <0.5228 4.5 NW <5.2 <0 5229 c0 NW_ <5.2 <O5230 4 - WNW <5_2 <0 523 1 . _9 . WNW <5.2 <05 !

32 1_7 W <5.2 <0.52

33 7 W <5.2 <0.52.t4. ?2_ ESE <5.2_ 0.61

_35 I 5 ESE <5.2 O.5S3.6 | 4 ESE <5.2 <0 52 __

| _ 3S 0 _ S . ~~~ ~~ESE <5.2 _ <0.5?_2t 39 ! ~ ~~4 SE <5.2 __ 0.76

SI. I)istaicc (ki) Directioni iPrc(licted GI,(CsNo. 24 ir Max. Annlmd Avg.40 2. 5 SS- <5.2 -(0.524j1 4.5 SSE <5.2 (i 52

2 I S <5.2 'O.52

44. ___ .______ ______ ..5 245 1.4 S <5.2 <0.524 3.5 SSW <5.2 <0.5247 I SW 5.84 0.5348 2.5 SW <5.245 . 4 0 SW <5.2 <05250 1.5 WSW <5.2 <0.5251 4 WSW <5.2 <0.5252 5.5 WSW <5.2 <0.525,3 1 8 WSW <5.2 <0.52

TablIC No. 4.7Characteristics of Untreated Domestic Sewagc

SI.No. Iparameters Concentration_______ pH 7.5

_._ DissolvcdSolids I1000 mg/I._ _._____ Suspcnded Solii 1 300 mg/I

4. COD I 350 mg/l5. BOD5 (20uC) | 225 mg/I

Table No. 4.8Characteristics of Treated Domestic Sewage

SI.No. Parameters ConcentralionI . pH 7.52. BODs (20uC) 20 mg/l3 . . . Suspended Solids 30 mg/l

Table No 4.9

IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Act-itics s _ Land Ste So ltd Waste Transport. Corrst of Tam,,p Wr.r supply

4 Acqu.srtmon Preparat.on Disposal of raw maternal Structures

Env. Features and labourers

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 -1 0 0 0

Lanroscape quality 0 -2 .1 0 -t 0

;Ioroqy/srnsolcrgy 0 0 0 0 0 0

.Cu-ir. EcosystemO 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 00

S;vtulan water hydrotogy 0 0 0 0 0 0Surtace water quality 0 -2 0 -2 0 .3

Ground water 0 0 1 _ 0

Drainage pattem 0 .1 0 0 0

Flood,ng O 0 0 0 0 0

Sodl 0u3lily 0 -1 -2 0 -1 0

Eroswnsedimentation 0 .1 0 0 0 0

Terrestrial wrlddlie 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rare/endangered species 0 0 0 O 0 0

Foresvvegetation 0 0 0 0 0 0

Climale 0 0 0 0 0 0

A r qualty O 2 O -2 -2

Noise quality O *3 0 -2 °

V,brat,on ° *2

Population displacement 0 0 0 0 0 0

Employment O *3 0

Locai economy 0 *3 0 .3 *t 0

Public healt;r O o

Imgration - -2Archaeologicavculture sites O 0 O 0 O

Oest of utility services 0 0 0 0 0

Accident nsk/hazards 0 -2 0 -3 0

Note Scale ot impacts (rve indIcates Positive Impact)

I-ve indicates Negative Impacl) D = No impact

I = Mild

2 * Moderate

3 a Severe

Table No. 4.10

IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX DURING OPE,RATION PHASE

Activities - Induced Fuel Operation Waler Wasle water Solid 01 & Grease

C Development Slorage of Gas Supply Generation Waste Spillage

Env. Features Facilities Turbine Disposal

Geology 00 0 0 0 0 0Landscape Quality 0 0 0 0 _ 0 0 .1

Climate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Tralfic ntensity -2 °0 0 0 0 0 0

Air quality .2 I .t1 0 0 0 -1No,se qualdy -2 0 -1 0 0 0 0

Soil ouality 0 .1 0 -1 .1 .1 *2

Water Quality *1 -1 0 0 -t 0 *2

Surface water hydrology 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ground water hydrology 0 0 0 0 i1 0 0

Drainage *1 0 0 0 0 0 0

AAuaw ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Terrestrial ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Population density .1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Development of squatters .1 0 0 0 0 0 0Local economy 3 0 0 +3 0 0 0

Health service facility 3 0 0 +3 0 0 0

Public health 0 *2 0 0 0 0 -2

NolP Scale of Impacts (+ve indicates Positive Impaci)

(-ve indicates Negative Impact) 0 = No impact

I - Mild

2 = Moderate

3 = Severe

STABILITY WIND ROSES(Summer 1999)

CLASS~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ A1. a

CLASS-A

CLASS-C

LEGEND.-

e I.9 - ~65 6.-6 - t2 >Z ;2NOTICETM~ OAinG W.$ .. ON W PU9- ~.5 W $ax

I _~m _ _.s.. _ ( ,x 0.I? AND :zGo to v T,Otl'm sn r" ,ne Vfwa, 6 0~W

RAJASTHUM srATE POwER CORPORATION LIMITED___ Ca RaJECI EA ~ ~ ~ 4 .

aOI l >lD1' 7 ! - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EIA STUDY OF PnROPSED 140 M:!VlICCRATECO SOLAR COMBINED CYCLE (ISCC)

-\5WD5 OWER PROJECI Al L .ATHANtAmatrvsr o f I o.t

CLASS- E bCALL I.1t NIRONdENT & EC OCY

// {XAtI I--~~~~~~~~---~~~~~- -~EA-// --- . |s,ssu,.lke ............. ^ Stability Wind Rosest/ airKtr) | >w>,.,~~~~~CIfCKL (Surnmer 1999 )

CLASS-F Ar', ,; N

__________ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~rr *m, flAx:INllsl@1O, j1al!' It't*'

STABILITY WIND ROSES ( Monsoon 1999) 01-

CLASS- B

LEGE ND:-

U 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.9 - 6.5 6-6-12 =- 12

ci C CLASS-D

NOTICE

CLASS-C o \ m -,. = MR .X // \ luJWASiHAN STAiE POeY_is CORPORAIO.N tED

PRoJrct/2121< // \ tDlt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I SIUDY O1l IXIOPOStD ) ifG mwv

i'owV[ri PlR0JI C. Al L4AlVIAN,

CLASS-e L S - F so 1Cm & LC0 '.CLASS-E scecICm-1 1 -, ] *:NVs ....abi......... >li4Etyi Iind Roses

oIfrr. , .. I 5( Monsoonl1999)

C LADSS- F r- @ , .. OS :

SIABILITY WINDROSESPOST MONSOON

1999

LEGE NC:

,3.5

CLASS- e CLASS -C

":~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- -t tV a- . t. I_ ALM5 NI .......

CLASS -F , .. S'. E osr MONScO.1999

2:RAF ....*.:xs i, : I-E s

STABILIlY WINDROSESWINTER 1999

yp < LEGEND

CLASS-A CLASS-B

CAL~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A 1.1

NS E . Is i ; S

/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~P(1WER PRoJr;- a :-X

CLASS- C CLASS-F

_ _ _ _ ; ~~~~~~~~-L._.-- ,,, :

Tr 38' 73, 0.

-4PV. P.-MT PAM-_ _

RAP VW tnd��N.Ii

DRAkArA2 c

WATCA

ISOPLETHS

LAmoUSZ C L A 3 S I P I C A Ti ON'k CULMATKO LAND

FALLW LAND c -T-

OULLIRDISTON't WASTE.

LAND WtM AMDWffn= SCRUBT T T,

MLLS2

2 3 &W.

S.-CY: 51010 A-,V. S-4,2 Applic.o. C.." op."..IBe- W Yoh-any OCR amaim)

JF7 rI lb -7-

4-313

As CR, -ZOFCULEHT--

Cx 'RUAMHAN SrAlE POWER CORPOMTIDN tAMOL

-KCT Ell SIUI,),Y0,?f PI'MZ IYICO,op IkTEGAATED AR . . mW

PCFI�IER PRDJECT AT IJATHANtA

f AS OMROWEKF & ECOLOGYWALR

PL OF t4q,V. (Annual Average)

Tr 56J02000083vactip-4.

77 Ss,

- /~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7-O

I 'A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

/ *~~~~~~ (/ \ t'ASWI~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Of POOfIOSW 140 MW~~~~~~~~~~~~~%VRROOV 0

(~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IOL03A-' Ly~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AOS

2 3~~~~~ 2 2 ~~~~~~ ~~. ~~~~ ~~ 2OOO002iECIIP~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ rT

72 01~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CMTCtN

12.1 0 12.1 ~$S AS I tits 0 312. 31-...

SCALE_-\ LEGEIND_ I Cm= 62.5 m.

PLANT BOUNDARY

/r20m.BOUNDARY FROM PLANT - 1PREMISES

BOUNDARY OF LAND HOLDINGS 6471 _ _ jROAD -

,msewoKrA~~~~~NOTICE.o OI W MM GM r IS AUD.

\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RAJASHNW STATE POWER CORPORATllON LIUITED

W orEIA STUDY OF PROPOSED 140 MWINTEGRASED SOLAR COMBINED CYCLE (ISCC)

PowER PROJECT AT MATHANIAiX OWERtJ PRJC AT ATNIAD|DD

sun=s grck ' m , ivo.10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TIJ 0

SCAL AS SHOWN ENVIRONMENT & ECOLOGY

OEALT PLOTS ON SOUTH & WEST_ NSS,InGAGiAN OF THE PLANT SITE

CHEcKEo (200m Strip)G.C.PATRA

APPROVEO . RG.0o:20O0083IEC/LUM41,

[O CNiSULTING ENrINEERING SEWMCES (iNA) LtNTro'

1 U57. ImJuSI mooG. -4b FLOOR NEI1RU PLACr. NEt ELHI1

ANNI E. NxU I : 4.1

WASTEWATER REUTILIZATION

Considering that thc project rcgion is a low rain-fed area (total anntial rainfall is 370).i)mmin), it is proposed to utilizc the treatcd wastewater for greeiibclt dcvelopment withii thlleplant prcimiises. The wastewater will be treated such that the treated effluent mccts Ihccriteria foi oni-land disposal for irrigation as prescribed by CPCB and RSPCB as given inTable No. A.4. I.

Tilc cotal arca proposcd for dcveloprncnt of grccnbelt is 640,000 nm2 (64 ha). Of thlc totllarea, 510,000 m2 (51 ha) under the solar panels will be developed as greenbelt.

The hydraulic loading applicable for different soils as given in the ComprehensiveGuidelines - 1998, RSPCB is given in Table No. A.4.2.

For developing the greenbelt below solar panels, 80% of the treated wastewater(industrial effluent and domestic sewage) is proposed to be utilized. Remaining 13,000m2 (13 ha) of greenbelt area will be developed by utilizing remaining 20% of treatedwastewater. To ensure full utilization of wastewater within the plant premises, thehydraulic loading criteria has been calculated as follows:

a) Greenbelt area tinder Solar Panel:

(Re-utilizationi of 80% of treated wastewater)

i) Area proposed for greenbelt development 51 ha

ii) 80% of treated wastewatcer quantity reused

in greeribelt'deveiopment = 2.SS MLD

= 2.SSO ni1.'d

iij) I lydidul- tiic loadinig 2,88() nil '/(

5 1 lizi

= 56.47 mn!/ha/d

h)) Oli_cr Grccnbclt Arca:

(Rc-utilization of rcmaininig 20% of treated wastewatcr)

i) SuIToLunding area proposed for greenbelt developmen1te = 13 ha

ii) 2(VY% of trcated wastewater quantity

re-u sed in greenbelt development = 0.72 MLD

= 720 mn d

iii) Hydraulic loading = 720 m3 /d

13 ha

= 55.39 m.':ha/d

The hydraulic loading prescribed by RSPCB is for irrigation purposes whereas the above

hydraulic loading calculated is for greenbelt development. Hence, these hydraulic loading

are sufficient to meet the requirements for greenbelt development and 100% of the

treated wastewater can be re-utilized.

Tabic No. A.4.1

Gcncral Standards for Discharge of Effluent On-Land ror Irrigation

SI.No. IParameters Concentration

CPCB KSPCB

1. t0olour and Odour See note I _

2. 9 Suspended Solids 200 200

3. Particle size of Suspended Shall pass 850 IS

Solids Sieve

4. Dissolved Solids 2100

(Inorganic)

5. pH value 5.5 - 9.0 5.5 - 9.0

6. Tcmperature C

7. Oil and Grease 10.0 10.0

8. Total Residual Chlorine

9. Ammonia Nitrogen (as N)

10. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen

(as N)

11. Free Ammonia (as NH3 )

12. BODs 100 100

13. COD

14. Arsenic 0.2 0.2

15. Boron (B) 2.0

16. | Percent Sodium 60.0

17. Residual Sodium 5.0

18. Cy)anide (as CN) 0.2 0.2

I 9_ Chloride (as Cl) 600

20. -9" - Sulphiate (as S0 4) 1000

Note:

1 . A ll etlorts should be made to,temove colour and unpleasant odor as tIar as practicable

2. All units air exprcssed in mg/i except pli, temperature and particle size.

Tahle No. A.4.2

Hydraaulic Loading Applicable for Different Soils and Wastes

Soil Texture Class Dosage of Settle(l Sewage Applied

m3 /hectare/dav

Sandy 225 to 282

Sandy Loam 168 to 225

Loam 112 to 168

Clay Loam 56 to 112

Clayey 35 to 57

I.Soil Textuire Class Dosage of Settled Industrial Waste Applied m'/hectare/day

BOD upto 300 mg/l BOD more than 300 mg/l but

less than 500 mg/I

Sa!-dy 180 to 226 90 to 1 13

Sandy Loam 134 to 180 67 to 90

Loam 90 to 134 43 to 67

Clay Loam 45 to 90 22 to 45

Clayey 28 to 44 14 to 22

[Note: Hydraulic loading to be restricted depending on the nature of soil as stated below:

(Subject to taking into account the nature of crop and its %vater requiremenit.

climatic conditionis and frequenicy of application)]

CHAPTER 5ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

ChIAP'ElR - 5.ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Pl,AN

5.1 IN'T'RODUC'rION

The present chapter envisages the Environilmenital Management Plan to be adoptcd toimiplcmenit mitigation measures discussed in the previous chaptcr. The EMP addresscs lhefollowing issues:

- Summary of Impacts and Description of Mitigation Measures- lImplementation Schedule and reporting procedure- Monitoring Programme- Project budget estimates

5.2 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS AND DESCRIPTION OF MITGATION MEASURES

5.2.1 Constru(ction Stage

In the construction stage air and noise pollution are expected from the use of equipmenitslike bull dozers, scrapers, concrete mixtures, generator, pumps, vibrators, cranes.compressors, pneumatic tools and vehicles. There is also potential for soil and wastesfrom Construction Workers' Camp. The mitigation measures are given below:

a) Air Environment

Dust and smoke are expected to be generated during construction. Emission fromconstruction equipment, transportation of construction material and vehicular movemenitwill have significant impact on air quality. The following mitigation measures have beensuggested to control the dust entrainment and emissions from various sources.

* Constriction equipments will be located away from inhabited areas* Trucks carrying construction materials will be covered to avoid spillinl* Watcr Sprinkling to-control dust emission* Regular maintenance of machiniery and equipment to avoid fiugitive emissionls

Low cmission (diesel) construction vehicles and generation sets will be used.

b) Noise Environment

Follo0wing mitigative measures have been suggested to improve noise environment in ilhcproJect site. -

EC

* Site Control

Statiomiizry cquipmnents will be placed away from inhabitcd arcas as far as pracuicahic IOminiimize objectionable noise impacts.

* Barricr

Specific measures like solid barrier will be build around nOise gcnerating units 0o briiugdown the noise levels to the CPCB prescribed levels of 70-75 dB (A).

* Source Control

All construction equipments will be maintained in good working order. Properly designcdengine eiclosures and silencers will be employed and regular equipment maintenianiccwill be undertaken. Personnel working in the vicinity of high noise generating machiner-ywill be provided with protection devices (ear plugs).

* Scheduling of Construction

Operationis will be scheduled to coincide with periods when people would least likelY tobe affected.

c) Excavated Material/Construction Debris

The excavated materiaUconstruction debris will be disposed in a pre-designated disposalsite approved by the local government authorities.

d) Construction Workers' Camp

Solid waste and sewage generated from approximately 200 workers camp may pollute tilesurroundings and cause health problem. Mitigative measures proposed to be taken in thisregard are mentioned below:

* Provision of water supply and proper toilets facility at constructioll camps* Proper disposal of domestic refuse will be undertaken* Medical facilities including preventing measures to control sexually transmitted

diseases will be made available to the construction workers.* Provision of fuel for cooking like cooking gas.

EC

5.2.2 Opleratioiu il St qge

a) Air Fnvironment

Gas (urbinc, in this case is a low emitter of gaseous pollutants becauise the hlidl is lairlycican anid the burning takes place in the presence of excess air to ensute completecombiistioni. As power plant will be frec from particulate matter and 50 CmliSsiolls.

hencc no specific control measures are required. Combustion in the presence of V-Vcscs lil'leads to the formation of NO,, which is present in the exhaust of gas turbine.I-or thc control of NOx emissions, it is proposed to use evaporative ccolfll rotr GiasTurbinc Illet air. Thlus the incotning air to the comnpressor is m1Iucll cleiner and tilccompressor washing cycles are rarely necessary. The rate of nitrogen oxide £ormaVation W,gas turbine is directly related to firing temperature and residence timc of air in tlhecombustion zone, as the temperature is highest in this zone. The followirng four differeltmethods can be adopted for the control of nitrogen oxides:

a) Use of dry low NO, combustorb) Water injection to the combustorc) Steam injection to the combustord) Sclective catalytic reduction (SCR)

i) Dry Low NOx burner

Using preinix and hybrid butners can bring about the control of oxides of nitrogen by thismethod. These burners burn fuel with minimum excess air and maintain fiuel air ratioacross the load range. The minimum volume of contbustion air is supplied to dilkite thle

flame and inhibits further NO, formation.

ii} Water In5jection

In this method water is introduced with the fuel to cool the flame to inhibit the formationDMNOh. W'acer injected must be of boiler feed quality.

iii) Steam Injection

This method is most suitable for combinied cycle plants. This is silmila in effcct to waterinjectiont but ivith ereater power boost for the gas turbine at tile expensc oft stCalni itiLrineOlItpLt.

i\v) Selective Catalytic Redtiction

Ihllis mctilod is used to regulatc stringcint NO, cmissions. It is post gelecratioln trcalmentof ntlc gas for thc removal of NO, by prompting a rcaction in thc prescncc of catldysihbtwccn NO, in the exhaust gas and ammonia, which is injccted into the systcil. TIhismethod gives about 80% reduction of NO, from the flue gas.

Thc choice in present case is using steam injection method, wvhich hcst suits planIs ol thistype and comtbiation.

b) Water Environment

It is envisaged to draw 9.37 MLD water from Jodhpur lift canal to meet operationalrequirements of the plant. The plant will operate on a recirculating system witch coolingtowers in order to minimize water requirement and thermnal pollution.

During operational stage of the plant, effluents are generated from various sources suchas boiler blow down, cooling tower blow down, DM planit and sanitary wvaste fromtownship area.

The effluent streams from different sources will be treated to meet the stipulated standardby CPCB. The schematic diagrams for proposed Effluent Treatmlenit Plant (ETP) anidScw\aoc Treatimcnti Plant (STP) for treating industrial and domestic wastes respectivelyare given in Drg. No. 2000-083/ECIETP-5.1 and 2000-083/EC/STP-5.2.

Zcro dischargc approach will be adopted for hinal treated effluent.

c) Solid Waste Generation

Water Treatmienit Plant-(WTP) and Efluent Treatnment Plant (ETP) sludge will be sulitablvisposc(l in a lindfill within ilte plant premises. Thc details arc coverCd ulider Scction VI:

SIludgWC Disposali. Slidge generated fiom Sewage Treatnment Plant will be titilized asmaniuiLe for green belt development and agricultural purposes.

(d) Noise l,niroiiment

The maijor noise g6ijeratiing units dtic to the operation of the plait ac turbo generators.boiler fcc( nminjis;`-i nduced-and forced drafn rans coninressors. diescl gencrators, ctc.

.I) r~I,n,l 'Or()V%.l cr,,,, ., ,1 'rI*IEIfiIextchn1,rel,5..iI,,c

Et7

Noisc genieratinig equipment will bc providcd wVith acoustic cnclosurcs to prevent iioiseIpropagation. Plant pcrsonncl working close to noise-gencialting equipmcint wvill 1providc(d with carmuffs. The outsidc noisc levcls af1cr attcnIation will bc mainitainicId lessilltn 65 dl3(A). The wall boundary around plant premises will act as a noisc barricr. W'itsuchi mitigationi mcasures, the noise level will be ftiitlcr restrictcd within very shiordistance from the source.

e) Socio-Economic Environment

The EMP cnsuires mitigation of thle adverse impacts arising ouL of the project aclix iics.achlieving the desired targets witli maximum benefits and enhanicing the Quality of Lil;(QOL) of the population in the project area. The power generated from the project willensure bridging the gap between supply and demand. Powcr stipply foi irrig:1tioii w ill 1.av;ailahlc wviclh will be beitelicial to the agriculttire sector. However, ground wvater tablemay get (town due to over exploilation ofwater. The digging of bore-well and dr;awving olgrouild wvater will be allowed only with permnission of State and Cenlral GrouLnd WaterBoard. As the proposed project is planied to be developed with adequate infrasti-ucturCparticularly housing, there will be minimal strain on the existing infrastructure. RSPCI.naily actively involve in Social Forestry and Social Welfare programmes to improve thecQOL. As tourism is a well-establishied sector in?Rajastihan, the solar powver plant maybecome an attraction for the tourists. Compensation would be paid to affected person asper Rajasthan State Government R & R Policy. There is no religious structures locatedwitlilin the plant site.

f) Good housekeeping

Good housekeeping plays vital role in overall environmental management. The importantaspects in good housekeeping involve:

* Replacement of the faulty equipments, instruments, etc.* Incorporation of newly developed/modified system for polltitioni control wherevcr

possible.* Regular monitoring of water circuits and effluents and recording them systematical ly.* Updating of the engineering drawings related to the pollution control and roultiig ol

effuents.* Sustained operation of the effluenit treatment plan. This relates to maintenanice and

ready stock of chemical required for effluent treatment.* Regular maintenance of the pollution control equipmenits considering :heii stattis

same as ihat of production plant.

g) Greenbelt Devclopment

EC

*Ille tolal arca proposed for dcvclopmcnt of gicenl belt is 23 Ihcctarcs, out of thc total I jhal of the plant arca. Of thiis, 13 ha will hc dcvclqpcd as grccn hclt on thc cast and nohlisi(le ol ilic planlt and rcmatining 10 ha will bc dcvclopcd in soulil adjoininig (lie boundairyof thc plant. Bcsides the indicatcd grass covcr area, 13% of thc total projcct plot area(incltiding, proposed additional area) will be brouglit undcr shelterbelt.

The Social Forestry Department has already calTied out the plantation work along ilteEastern side of the project site. However, the green belt proposed here covers this sidcalso. A 20 m wide gate for entry/exit of hcavy vchiclcs and miacihilncry lihs bCCnitentatively providcd hrce. The lengthi of the Plant area along the road to Mathanianicasures about 1000 m.

Since ihe maiin objcctivc of providing the greenbelt around the Power Plant is to reducewind speed, these greenbelt strips has been designed to effectively act as shelter belts toprotect the main units of the Power Plant against high speed winds. With this purpose anappropriate orientation of small plant species along with medium and large sized ones hasbeen proposed. In this design, on each strip there are four rows of small plants species(shrubs or small trees), 2 rows of medium sized tree species and I row of large sized treespecies. The large sized tree species are placed in the central row, on either side of whichis a row of medium sized tree species and, beyond this, there are two rowvs of small sizedplant species on either end. The row-to-row distance for the first three rows on either endis 3 m and the distance between the central large sized tree row and the medium sizedtree rows on either sized are 4 m. The plant-to-plant distance withiin each row for thesmall sized species is 3 m and the distance in the medium and large sized tree rows is 4in. This general concept has been adopted for all greenbelt strips around the Power Planland also around the proposed Residential/Infrastructure area (!ocated towards north ofGrain market) A layout showing the proposed greening of the project site is givenl i11Drg.No.2000-083/EC/PL-2. 1

i) Gi-cenbelt Around the Residential /Infrastructure

The Rcsidential/ilnfrastructiure area hias been tentatively allotied the vacant land North olgrain market. It consists of four strips, measuring 600, 600, 300 and 370 ni respectively.IhC widilt and olhcr desion considerations being similar to thcsc dcscr-ibed tuidcr ilic

grcenlhti around Ilic Power Plant. However, tentatively it is proposed that this arcarequiies to be traversed by 5 roads, two along the length i.e. 600 in and three along tliewidth oftihis area. There will be one row of trees on either side ofeach road. The IreC rowsilall be placed -aboiit 3 m froml iihc edge of the proposed roads. The plant-lo-plantdistanice w ithill cachr-owv shall be 5 m.

EC

ii) PIlanitation Along the Railway Linc

At a distaiicc of 15-25 m from the railway line on,its wcstern sidc, a strip ofgrccilhclI. M

m wide has bccn proposed. The objectivc here is to protcct th, Powcr Plant sitc. ihc grain

markct anid the Residential Infrastructure areas and achieve simiultanicously acsthenic

satisfaction. There will be 4 rows of plant species in the greenbelt strip; lhe first two rows

facing the railway line, will consist of small plant species, the third row of mediumli si,c(l

plant species and the fourth of large sized plant species. The spacing betwecn ihe firsttwo small sized plant rows will be 3 m and spacing between the remaining rows would hc

4 m each. The total length of this greenbelt strip would be 2000 m. A reprcscntatiivc 24 instrip has becn presented in Drg. No. 2000-083/EC/CD-5.3.

iii) Guidelines for Plantation

Since the soils in all these sites arc sandy with varied drainage properties, it is proposedthat afler preparation of a layout plan according to the proposed designs, pits of the sizeof 50 x 50 cm ana 70 cm deep shall be.excavated at each identified plant location. Tlle

excavated soil shall be mixed with about 40-50 kg of farmyard manure and placed back,into the pit. Plantation work shall commence a week before the arrival of rains. After ilheseedling has been planted in the conventional way, an irrigation trench, 10 cm from the

base of the plant and 10 cm wide and 15 cm deep shall be made. Irrigation shall be doneas and when necessary in this trench using about 40 liters of water at a time. Sinlce thlisarea is highly arid, it is suggested that immediately aftcr irrigation, the trench shall befilled back with soil and manure mixture and some mulch material such as leaf litter.straw, saw dust, etc., shall be placed on the soil surface. For each irrigation, the irrigation

trench should be made again and to be filled up subsequently as before. This will

preserve the soil moisture for a longer time, which is required by the plant roots.

Generally, there will be a number of plant casualties due to various reasons, and thescwill be replaced immediately and maintained subsequently. Thus, there shall be a ready

stock of about 20,000 seedlings; the local hortictilturist shall work out the specics-wisc

numitber. The irrigation interval will depend uponI the durationi of rains and the montilh ol

thle year. Tentatively an iinterval of 5 days is assumed 'vith the water conservation

melai-suirc of rilling back the irrigation trenchi and surface nmulching around the scedling.

3. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

The responsibility for designing the mitigative measures are delegated to tihc Project

Proponent (RSPCL), wlhichi is in the present context is to mobilizc the approprialleeXpcrtisc lo miligate the adverse impact.

7

EC

1l, Conlsu1lta;ti(on witlh thc Dcpartmncnt of lHorticultuire, Depal-tllen t of lorcst rv )I

Govcrnmcnlt of Rajasthan and Central Arid Zonc Rcscarch Inslite CA7RIwill imnililmnt thc grccn belt development pliial.

IlIhc Iis(rlct Collector woUld grant necccssary pcr-missions to the clienl 1tor acqt1itini'lg theIlan(ld and disbursing compcnsation to tlic projcct affccted pcoplc xxhllell aCtull lcqtiSition

vill takc place.

Reveitug Department would cooperate with the$lient in fixing up the ConIllpelSl t;,

thc land acquisition and disbursal ofcompensation to the Project AtI-cted People

Dcpartment of Environment, Government of Rajasthan woVUld lhelp the clienit I;)msorting out various cnvironmicntal issucs including implelilentat1ion ol, variotiscnvironmcntal regulations related to various environmental components. Depairtmcnt oiEnvironment would responsible for guidance to maintain ecological balance in andaround [he project area.

Construction Contractor, the problems arising out of the constructioil sites and labou,rcamps are to be controlled by him. This includes provision of fuel wood to the labour andprovision of proper sanitation facilities at the project site.

All the mitigative measures required to deal with the adverse impacts has been itdelntileand described. These measures together constitute part of the EnvironentaieilManagement Plan (EMP). All the actions envisaged during conlstictioni and opcrationphase will need to be monitored to produce the most satisfactory resultls. Teresponsibilities implementation and monitoring of the EMP wvill be wvith) RSPCL. The.implementing authorities will be EPC contractor during construction stage and Olpcrationiand Maintenance Staff during operation stage. Environment Mana'.cmenl Cell (EMC)constituted by RSPCL will be the prior agency for monitoring during colsiructiicoi staucas well as operation stage. The EMC will ensure timely implementation of tllh Xriousmitigative measiures at difference stages of the project and completion of Ih.e projiclwitlhin the scheduled timeframe.

All niitigativc mcasurcs caninot be executed simultaneously, if everytihing is plaliingsystematically in a sequential maniner, much of the enivironillentail problemi can beminimized to achieve this objective, a course of action is definied in [lie Flow Ch1a11 asgiven in Drg. No. 2000-083/EC/EMP-5.4.

'.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHIEDULE AND REPORTING PROCEI)URES

5.4.1 En'ironni,en,r Managgemnent Cell

I.(

E.nvironnmlelt Maniagemilenit Cell constituted by RSPCL will he the prime aceni'un1ollilonlIg aclivilics di uring conistrtuction and( operitioin stage of' the project. 'I'iimplcintiiiation of' tilc post project monitorinig will be the main responsihilirv ol' [IeIM(. A\ (carn of comilprising oi Environmental Engineers and Scientists, woLIdCI main the'

activitics of ihc cell. A/n environimental scientist of the rank ol' the Manager woul(d ox cl;zil lea(d iic Ceil. 'I'he Manager should posses a Postgraduate Dcgrec in Sciencies andManagemiient and will have sounid working knowledge in the field of environmental la-anid policy aspects. In addition to the above qualification, he should also have knowledgein running the environmental wing for a mfnimum period of fifteen years. 1nonlleelr(Watcr & Sanitation) will have a degree in civil engineering withi a Mlaster inEnvironmental Engineer, and Engineer (Safety) will have a post graduate degree eilhel inElectrical Engineering/ Mechanical Engineernng. Both the engineers should have amininium experienice of four to five years in a large manufacturing indListry/ Powe-r plantin handling water and sanitation aspects and fire and safety issues. The structlure of ihcl:n1vironinien Managemilenit Celi is shiown in the Figure below:

Monitoring and analysis of various environmental parameters and fire safety nleasures

wili he carricd out as per the guidelines laid down by Government of Rajasthan.Government of India and World Bank guidelines.

The pollution emitted during the construction and operation stages wvill be regularlvmonitored by the project proponent (EMC) with the help of a local agency. which isrecognized by State pollution Control Board. The Rajasthan State Pollution ControlBoard will make occasional checks.

Environmental ManagementCell Structure

ManagerEnvironment Health and Safety

Engi neer(Water and EngineerSanlitatioll (Safely)

EC

Activitics at various levels are givcn below:U(rina get (EnvI'it-ironment, Health and(i Safety)

* Overall In-charge of Department and will be reporting to thic hcad of thlcorganisation about the functioninlg of the Department. In case of any emergency. hcwill be contacting other Govemment Departments for necessary help andimmediate action.

* He will regularly interact with the Environmental Agencies, Health Deparnmcntand Fire Services.

Responsible for proper smooth functioning of the Department and sort out their-problems whenever it arises.

* Over all co-ordination of the environmental monitoring.* Over viewing the training progranunes.

Engineer (Water & Sanitation)

* Responsible for water supply for the power plant and residential areas in andaround the power plant quarters

* Wastewater treatment* Provision of sanitation facilities at the construction site and during operation* Interacting with the officials of Local Authorities at Jodhpur in case of any

problems

En gincer (Safely)Responsible for:

* Fire safety aspects* Interacting with the officials at the fire services* Regular operation and maintenance of the equipment

5.4.2 Training & Capacity Building

Rcgular training programmes will be held at the project site to train the Power Plant staffin using various safety devices and other equipment. Specialists from various fields ofcnvironimen(t, power plant engineeriilg, health and fire safety would impart the training.The training would-mainly focus on how to handle emnergency situation. The selectedstaff would be sent to various Research Institutes and Management Institutions tocnhlance their skills.-The training would be imparted either in the foreign counltries or inIndia dependiiig on the suitability and convenience.

/ ) ain X ll,iy 12000oJ,y3 lcoa rr d repoCt l le/hap/al3..d°c

EC

5.5 MONITORING PROGRAMME

To idcntify thc effectiveness of mitigative measures suggested in thc previous chlapter ilpreserving the environmental quality of the area following environmental monitorinlg issuggested.

a) Air Quality

Two types of monitoring systems are proposed i) emission monitoring and ii) ambient airquality monitoring systems. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are proposed formonitoring variations in ground level concentrations, while emission monitoring wvillcover stack emissions.

Power plant authorities will continuously monitor SO2 NOx, HC, and CO at minimumtwo sites as recommended by thd State Pollution Control Board. Thc sampling sitcsrccommended on the basis of model calculations are the ones where high ground levelconcentrations of pollutants are expected.A mctcorological monitoring station for measuring wind speed and direction,temperature, rainfall, solar radiation, etc., will be installed within the complex.

b) Water Quality

Wastewater quality will be monitored for physical, chemical and biological parametersonce in a montlh. The sampling will be carried out at the influent to wastewater treatmentplant and treated effluent. Daily analysis of influent and effluent of wastewater treatmentplant shall be done. Composite samnple shall be collected by flow weighted half hourlysamples method for characterizing wastewater. Methods of sample collection andpreservation shall be as per IS: 2488 (1966, 68, 74).

Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater"prepared and published jointly by American Public Healtlh Association (APHA),American Water Works Association (AWWA).

c) Noise Levels

Noise levels will be-monitored at regular intervals (once in a montlh) at the project siteand at residential localities using a sound level meter.After the commissioning of the--power plant, monitoring of enivironmliental parameterswill be carried-butCat regular intervals to assess the efficacy of the imitigative measuresimplemenited uLinder -the project. Moonitorin; of environmental parameters is theresponsibility of the EMC.

I). ' rC/IihI2O(J 53 colrer'cedrcpor,1ahIfi!cs1dopger.5C.docEC

(1) Water Environment

Wastcwatcr shall be analyzed regularly for the parameters listed hy the Rajasthan StaicPollutioni Control Board.

5.6 BUDGET FOR EMP

Many of the mitigative measures suggested in the preceding Para will include all costsrelated to measures likely to be incorporated into the engineering design, projectscheduling, site planning and preparation of tender documents. The cost on this accoulitshould be covered within the construction budget and should not be seen as items of costfor implementing Environmental Management Plan. The estimated environmental costconsidered here will include:

* Greenbelt Development* Provision of Sanitation at Workers' Colony* Effluent,Treatment Plan (Capital & Recurring Cost)* Sewage Treatment Plant (Capital & Recurring Cost)* RSPCL Personnel (Recurring Cost)

The worked out budgetary environmental cost for the above-mentioned items is presentedin Tables No. 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.

I) 41S'1'*II;I,,u,l?Ofl7()u)(} ).'. y rSIr,(!,' ;s -p 1lallJi1I'S.t i1' Ip,er.3 *i ,, 12

EC

Tal)Ie No. 5.1Monitoring Schedulc

.SI. No. Componenlts Sampling Location Frcqucenc Methods lIo-Sampling &Analysis

I Ambient Air Quality (SPM, At two locations Once a wcek As per CPCBRPM, S0 2, NO., CO, HC)

2. Stack Monitoring (CO, HC At stacks Once a montih As per CPCBand NOx)

3 Water Quality (Physical, Two samples Once a monitil IS: 2488Chemical and Biological (1966,68, 74)Parameters) &

APHA/AWWA4 Noise Levels At two locations Once a month As per CPCB

CPCB: Central Pollution Control BoardAPHA: American Public Health AssociationAWWA: American Water Works Association

Table No. 5.2Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Protection

SI. Item Particulars Assumptions Capital RecurringNo. Cost (Rs.) Cost (Rs.)I Provision of Lump sum 2,500,000/- 500,000/-

Sanitation at per annumWorkers' Colony

2 Greenbelt Major Tree Plantation 900,000/- 150,000/-Development (Estimate enclosed) per annui

(Lump sUmIl)

3 Effluent Lump sum 8,152,000/- 120,000 per_ Treatment Plant month

4 Sewage Lump sum 1,750,000!- 75,000 per Treatment Plant nmonth

V;i,,ctIw)i 12000 083 Icavreret1d r eporilClhap-S.1ahle h/adL:('

Table No. 5.3Operation Cost

Si . tem No. of Samples Unit Rate l'otal Cost (Rs.)N

_.S_ ___.;

Air Quality Monitoring 2 samples 9,000 18,000/- per monthStack Sampling I sample 3,000 3,000/- per monthil

3 Noise Quality 2 samples 6,000 1 200/-per montlh 4 J Water Quality 2 samples 6,000 12,000/-per month

I Grand Total 45,000/- per month

Table 5.4RSPCL Personnel Cost

SI.No. Personnel No. Unit rate (Rs.) Total Cost (Rs.)(monthly) monthly

I Manager 1 40,000/- 40,000/-(Environmental health& Safety)

2 Engineer (Water & I . 30,000/- 30,000/-._______ Sanitation)

3 Engineer (Safety) 1 30,000/- 20,0001-4 Support Staff 2 10,000/- 20,000/-

Grand Total 1,10,000/-

POLYELECTROUTE FIG. NO. 2000-83/EC/ETP-5-1DOSING TANG

SLUDGE WAsrE WArER 3 .FROMs LARIFLOCCULATION PLANT SU(E SUMP. T* INE WDESP

CAP2N TOE TOE Cu. E 20 P 25PUUP

[z;FUCE E ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ACII) ALICALI

OSILDOSING DOSING

OILY- WASTE WATER | TPI | ()1 1C3 Cum/Hr, CS L

COOLJGTOER AREA BOILERC/H.INETCAME| DOlfN SUIIP | C>J | FTEUI+I1ON SAI{X ~~~LEGEND

25 .m 250 Cum Cum/Hr. - CUBRIC UiETERZ PER !t IUR

eo,LER AREA BW OER 12 Cum/Hr. i.BLow DOWIN I I1 1 1 3 PUMPS

SUJMP . CAP. 250 Cum/Hr.

2 Cuni/Hr. _ T TREATEO EFFLUENT

DM PLANT WASTE WATER FOR DISPOSAL

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT FOR 140MW POWER PLANT AT MATHANIA

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OFSEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

INFLUENT

INLET CHAMBER

SREEN CHAMBER

GRIT CHAMBER

PARSHALL FLUME

AERATION TANK

SECONDARY CLARIFIER

SLUDGE DRYING BED EFFLUENT Fig. No.

2000-0831ECJSTP-5 2

4 3- S4

3 0 0 MI LI aIternaling with L24 m

z o z L ILI L2 LI L 23 m

4' Ml LONGER ROAD ON RESIDENTIAL AREA

5 , , 0 3 0 0 0 0 - S 2 3m 3m _

SI 51F \ L, Lz LI Lz ½24 m Strip of Pl3 LI allornating with L2

cm4 r,

3 m

Gr*enbell olong railwoy line

Conceplual Design of GreenbellsDRG NO 2000 083/ECICD- 5.3

| E N V IRON iNi E^ N 1T M A N A (; E.1:1 1: N I ,.I. \ EoIt.-I A 1:( M1 a-1:1,.m. ( *Iiart SIi. N i . 115

FLnviromnnxntal Clearansc/No Obiectiofn Certificate

| Ininilg & Conistrtictioii slage |I oll perationailStageo1 ta

NECESSARY SET-UP TO TAKE CARE OF ENVIRONMENTALa'LANNING FOR THE FUTURE

Plannins for Pollution Control Consent (EPA Act. 1986)a) Liquid waste disposalb) Storm -waste collectionC) Waste water treatmentd) Emission control,e) Solid wasteI) AfTorestation.

NECESSARY SET-UP TO TAKE CARE OF ALL ENVIRONMENTALISSUES DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE FULL FLEDGED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DIVISION

a) Incorporation of all mitigative measures identified in EIA report i) Co-orddinatin with all (lie environimienital sectionisa) Incorporation f all mitigativemeasures identifed in EIA tePollii) Environmiental awareness (self. otlher Employees andb) Housing Facilities for all the project construction personnel with following villagers)

anmenities iii) Tp for upditinsi) Adequate potable water supply i To arrange .raanizi programes skillsii) Sanitary and sewvagc disposal iv) Introduction of'special studiesiii) Solid waste collection & disposal at appropriate Places v) Liaison with RSPCB Government Bodies etc.

c) Fugitive dust suppression measures at appropriate Place vi) Rcvicw of niotiioriig results and directives io respectived) Lxcavated material/construction debris disposal facility departimieitC) Suiiable drainage system with traps for arresting sediment load vii) Reports subaissioi regarding monitoring, auditing etc. toI) Green belt development RSIICB and directives for modirications to respective. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~deCDa rml ell t

lt01.1,11I'l O(N C ONMlROI. _ MONITORING AND _ AtIT11014ITY ENVIRONNIEN'tAl, A(:l1)l'l'IN(; H()K'IIGU1'UR1:E

I,LABORATrORYRcepil;taIlleullcl it Sl;ack iiissi in- I' zjlu,.ll tne>||v|l All'o;restaiion)

,81tlltt(ii cowllrol mea*;stirc ii) AmblIielt air'*t'il!'ialsivx,sl..v'1.IIl,yllr

. . . iii) %Valcr qAafi) ( FtoiL R ]'Air. *u:tlcr, miscand mi ; soliim jvm Nmisl (torestatiri? &

CHAPTER 6RI K ASSESSMENT

CHAPTER - 6RISK ASSESSMENT

6.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s Rajasthan State Power Corporation Ltd. (RSPCL) has been established by theGovt. of Rajasthan to btiild, own and operate Integrated Solar Combined cycle(ISCC) Power Plant of 140 MW capacity at Mathania, District Jodhpur. The proposedproject is a 140 MW Integrated Solar Combined Cycle power plant with solarcomponent of 35 MW and a non solar component of 105 MW using Naphtha as fuel.An alternative option is using Natural Gas as a fuel instead of Naphtha. The processtechnology of Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) has been used for the proposedplant. Risk Analysis has already been carried for the proposed plant using Naphthaas a fuel. This study pertains to the risk analysis for the component proposing to useNatural Gas as a fuel instead of Naphtha.

6.1.1 High Speed Diesel (HSD) Unloading, Storage And Pumping Facilities

HSD is the start up and shutdown fuel and would be received through road tankers.HSO system consists of a tank of about 100 m2 (6 m dia x 4.5 m high), two (2) x100% unloading pumps each of about 20 m3/hr capacity and there (3) forwardingpumps (one working per GT + one common standby).

6.1.2 CHLORINE STORAGE AND STORAGE CONDITIONS.

Chlorine will be utilized for water treatment to prevent algae growth. It will be storedin portable cylinders called ' Chlorine Tonners'. It is expected that at a time not morethan three tonners will be inside the plant. The stored quantity in one tonner does ntoexceed 900 kg.

6.1.3 Heat Transfer Fluid System

As such there wi!l be no storage of heat transfer fluid. I: will remain in circulation.Brief description o, heat transfer fluid circulation system is cgven below.:

The loop of circulation system begins at the expansion vessel, which allows for the

thermal expansion of HTF. A nitrogen service unit maintains 11.4 bar inert (nitrogen)

atmosphere above the fluid level in the expansion vessel. HTF degradation gases

are removed from the expansion vessel through the algae venting system. The HTF

pumps- draw fluid from the expansion vessel for circulation of the cold headers in the

solar field.

During the flow through a single loop of the solar field, the HTF is heated to 3910C.

After being heated in the solar field, the HTF is transported via hot headers to two

parallel trains of 50% full load capacity heat exchangers. The HTF flows counter

current to the feed water flow of turbine steam-water system, which also passes

through the heat exchangers. First the HTF passes through a heat exchanger that

superheats-the inlet steam to the turbine. The HTF then flows through a steam

generator and a pre-heater, respectively generating saturated steam and preheating

the feed water to the steam generator. In parallel with these trains the steam flows

from the high-pressure to the low-pressure stage of the turbine. The HTF teperature

drops from 391°C to 293 0c as its energy is transferred to the steam cycle in the heat

exchangers.

The HTF flow can bypass the heat exchangers through a bypass line. The bypass is

used during warm-up operation until the solar field heats the HTF to a temperature

sufficient to generate turbine steam. The bypass also opens after a turbine trip when

in solar mode in order to stop generation of additional steam.

The Heat Transfer Fluid is circulated by two 50% full flow variable speed centrifugal

pumps operating in series or individually to provide flow at any desired flow rate (A

third standby 50% variable-speed pumps provides backup capacity. with a maximum

of two pumps in series). A single pump can supply upto 80%; full flow by virtue of the

interaction between the pump characteristic curve and the pressure drop

characteristics of the Solar field piping. The design full load HTF flow is 1786 cu.m

per hour at 2930C, at a head of 16.2 bar. The pumps are driven by a 6600 V variable

frequency drive (VFD) with a combined rating of 1600 hp. The VFD is used on the

pumps to control the: HTF flow in order to maintain a constant HTF temperature of

391 °C at the exit of the solar field.

RiS A N.NStIlelt 2

6.2 SCOPE OF STUDY

The scope of work for the Risk Analysis study is given below:

1. Identification of potential hazards and release scenarios.

2. Assessment of the effect and consequences of the various identified

scenarios.

3. Mitigative Measures for Risk reduction.

3

6.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

6.3.1 Prolect

The project (proposed plant) would comprise of the following components:

* Fuel Supply System - Natural Gas Pipeline 14' diameter at 30 bar pressure andthe associated network at the plant (CRU/GCU, filter skid etc.)

* Gas Turbine Generators

* Heat Recovery Steam Generators

* Steam Turbine

* Liquid Fuel (HSD) - Start up fuel - Storage Area

* Liquid Fuel Pumping System

. Stacks

In this system, there are a number of hazards present which can be categorised as

* material hazards (hazardous properties of the material used - Natural Gas)

* process hazards (due to loss of containment during handling of hazardousmaterials or processes resulting in fire, explosion etc)

* mechanical hazards (due to "mechanical" operations such as welding,maintenance, falling objects etc. -basically those NOT connected to hazardousmaterials)

* electrical hazards (electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit etc.).

Out of these, the process hazards are the one with a much wider damage potential

as compared to the mechanical and electrical hazards which are by and largelimited to very small local pockets.

Fires could resulltin engulfment of surrounding areas and fire spread, secondaryfires etc. and explosions could result in collateral damage due-to building collapseresulting in second level fatalities, further damage due to flying high velocity objects

R,sk Assessment 4

including damage to other structures etc. The loss of containment Iype processhazard is given greater attention in this study of risks, since the others are highly

limited in nature.

6.3.2 MATERIAL HAZARDS

The process hazards in this project arise because of the hazardous nature of thematerials used namely Natural Gas and diesel. Hence, first the hazardous nature andproperties of the Natural Gas are descuibed below:

The main raw material used in the process is the fuel, namely Natural Gas which ismainly methane. Natural Gas is highly flammable, light and not visible, making it

difficult to detect. Unlike LPG, it has no special odour.

Natural Gas is a naturally occurring hydrocarbon usua[ly consisting of varyingproportion of hydrocarbons of the paraffin series, with methane predominating.

Natural Gas is a coloriess, odourtess and non-toxic gas. The properties of methane

are given below:

Molecular formula: CH4

Molecular weight: 16.05

Melting Point: -182.60C

Boiling Point: - 161.5°C

Lower Explosive Limit: 5.3%

Upper Explosive Limit :.15%

Fire point: -183.2°C

Densily: 0.554 @ 0O140 (air = 1), or 0.7168 gIl

Autoignition Temperature: 6500C

Vapour Density: 0.6

Flash Point: -368.6°F

Solubility in water, alcohol and ether

SAFETY PROFILE: A simple asphyxiant. Very dangerous fire and explosion hazard

whien lexSpOsed to heat or flame, Reacts violently with powerful oxidizers.Incompatible with halogens or intrahalogens; air (forms explosive mixtures).

A',sA Asse.:sne,,r - S

Explosive in the form of vapor, when exposed to heat or flame. To fight fire, stop flow

of gas.

Because of its properties NG poses a severe fire and/or explosion risk under various

failure circumstances.

6.3.3 PROCESS HAZARDS

6.3.3.1 Methodology used for dispersion of Gases

The methodology adopted for study of chlorine and HTF releases and their

associated hazards are described below. In the present analysis 'WHAZAN'

software package has been used for dispersion of chlorine and HTF vapour.

This model utilises dense gas dispersion. The input conditions used in the

model are given in the following table.

Input Conditions Used in the Mlodel.

A. Local Information

I. Wind Speed 1, 3 m/s

2. Atmospheric Stability D and F

3. S Surface Roughness 400 mm

B. Clieniical Information - Chlorine

1. Pliysical Properties

2. Molecular Weight 34.4 3

S Boiliign: Pointi -34.05"C at

.1 at mospheric prCssui rc

4. S pccific he-it of liqti(l ! -).6 calltnftC

C I2

R,sk. Assessnc,,r 6

5. Latent heat of 68.7 cal/gm

Vaporisation

6. IDLH concentration 25 ppm

(STEL OSHA)

The thermal radiation intensities have been estimated using correlations proposcd by

Tlhomas. It may. be mentioried .that cover effect of smoke has not been taken into

account while arriving at radiation intensities at various distances.

Risz Assessnje,n, 7,

i) Associated Hazards with NG supply

Natural Gas is supplied to'the plant via pipeline. A pipeline is actually a system ofequipment designed to allow material to flow continuously or intermittently from onelocation to another. The receiving side could be another facility. The main hazardsare posed by the possibility of the pipeline failure leading to loss of containment andsubsequent fire and/explosion. There are many causes uf pipeline failure - some ofthe pertinent ones are discussed in detail below:

ii) Associated Hazards of HSD

High Speed Diesel is also a flammable material. It falls under category 'B' ard is lessflammable in comparison to natural gas. Due to this reason it is used as a startupfuel. Main hazard due to its storage is fire.

iii) Associated Hazards of Chlorine.

The released chlorine will have immediate damaging effects on humans. The effectsof various levels of chlorine have been given in the following table. The IDLHconcentration (Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health) is the concentration levelcausing no irreversible damage for an exposure time of 30 minutes.

Effect of Chlorine at Various Concentrations

SI. No. Effects Concentration

(ppm)

. 1. Lcast amounit requircd to produce 1.0sligiht symptoms after several hioursexpoS Lire

2 ., L.cast detectable odour .

3. uMaximum aimouint that can be inhaled 4.(for I lhour without scrious

dlisturbances

4. Noxiousncss, impossibic zo breath for 5.0scvcral minutes

5. Lcast amount required to cause 15.1

irritation to throat

6. Least amount required to cause 30 1.

coughing

7. Amount dangerous in 30 minutes to 1 40 to 60

hour

8. Kills most animals in verv short time 1000

9. Short term exposure limit set by 25

OSHA

Source: Safe Handling of Chlorine, A Guide for Consumers, Alkali Manufacturers'

iv) Associated Hazards of HTF.

The heat transfer fluid is circulated in hot form. On its release from circulation system

it will have two way effects namely burn injuries to the exposed part of human bodyand health, soil damages due to its toxic physical and chemical properties. Thechemical,name of heat transfer fluid proposed to be used is 'Dowtherrn A'. This

compourld is moderately toxic. Its Lethal Dose (LD0o) is 40-40000 mg/kg of animalweight. Once taken in higher concentration is causes nausea, irritation to eyes, nose,

skin and it attacks lever, respiratory system and central nervous system. Thepermissible limits of both components of which it comprises are given in Table no.6.1. -

nl'$ sASeSSInenr 9

6.3.4 Effects of Release.

Flammable and toxic substances, on escape to atmosphere can lead to theformation of a vapour cloud in the air. Following effects will usually be observed dueto release of flammable and toxic substances

* Sprecding of natural gas with wind till it finds a source of ignition or dispersessafely

* Dispersion of toxic chlorine gas vapour cloud* Pool fire mainly causing different levels bf incident thermal. radiation* Spillage of hNat transfer fluid and dispersion of its vapours.

(i) Based on possibilities of releases at RSPCL following failure cases havebeen selected:

- High Speed Diesel storage tank on fire.- HSD tank shell rupture resulting in pool fire.- Liquid chlorine release due to guillotine failure of tubing carrying liquid

chlorine to the evaporator.

- Liquid chlorine release due to complete opening of valve of tonner.- Liquid chlorine release due to chlorine tonner worsting due to heating/fire.- HTF release from pumps/valves, etc.- Failure of multiple chlorine tonners (3 at a time maximum) due to

heating/fire/explosion.

The above mentioned failure cases have been subjected to consequence analysis. Inthis analysis safe distances for various objects/land.use have been predicted.

(ii) Release Rate Calculation.

- HSD Release.

- In case of HSD tank on fire it is considered that there is no release toground but fire takes place due to removal of roof.

* - In case of pool fire of HSD it has been assumed that tank shell getsruptured and entire content of tank forms pool is dyked area.

Valve Failure/Tube.Failure-Chlorine.I P"': I -*.4t Chlorine at 40'G Ia !,

(Absolute)

Cross section area of fully opened valve of tonner = 0.49x104m2

Liquid chlorine release rate though fully opened valve = 1.52 kg/sFlash fraction of chlorine at 400C = 0.32

Chlorine release rate = 2xFlashEvaporation

= 2x0.32x1.52

= 0.97 kg/sThe same release rate will prevail during guillotine failure of tubing connected toevaporator.

Chlorine Tonner Damage

The total content in tonner during summer time = 900 kgFlash fraction = 0.32Total chlorine resulting to vapour cloud formation = 2x0.32x900

=576 kg

(instantaneously)

Multiple Chlorine Tonners Failure

Total content in each tonner during summer time = 900 kgTotal quantity of chlorine in three tonners = 3x900=2700 kgFlash fraction = 0.32

Total chlorine released to multiple tonner failure = 2x flash fraction x

quantity of chlorine

= 2x0.32x2700

= 1728 kg6.3.5 Meteorological Conditions.

The study of prevailing meteorological conditions has been done with the

available IMD data near the site. IMD data is a long term and reliable. Basedon this data, following meteorological conditions were selected for evaluationof fire intensi-ties and vapour dispersion of chlorine and HTF unider differentconditions of release.

* Wind Speed 1 m/s, Pasquill Stability F (Night Time)

* Wind Speed 3 m/s, Pasquill Stability D (Day Time)

R, Ass;ssmet

The above conditions also represent worst meteorological conditions for the site.

6.3.6 Damage Criteria.

(i) The damages are different for the scenarios mentioned above. In order toappreciate the damage effects produced by various scenarios, it will beappropriate to discuss the physiological/ physical effects of thermal radiationand toxic release. In case of RSPCL Mathania, the dispersion of HSD vapoursis considered of no significance- due to low formation on account of ambientheating. Therefore only pool fire has been considered in preliminary anaiysis.Hence due to the HSD pillage the pool fire will result, provided there isimmediate ignition source.

(ii) Thermal radiation due to fire may cause various degrees of burns on humanbodies. Moreover, their effects on inanimate objects like equipment, piping orvegetation also need to be evaluated to asses the impact. Tables No. 6.2 and6.3 give the damage effects due to thermal radiation intensity and heatradiation and escape time respectively. Table no. 6.4 gives tolerable intensitiesof various objects as given in 'Chemical Process Quantitative RiskAssessment and 'Process Plant Layout.

(iii) BLEVE is an acronym of Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion. Whenthe Diesel oil tank catches fire metal temperature rises to an extent that it mayfail at the operating pressure itself. With metal failure, the entire content of thetank is released to atmosphere. The liquid starts boiling and expands violently.Huge vapour cloud is formed almost instantaneously. Because of high degreeof turbulence, a lot of air is drawn into it and the vapour cloud that is formed is

quickly diluted within flammable range. Immediately, following rupture of thetank, the body of this expanding boiling liquid is likely to be ignited by the fire

that initiated the failure. Since the core of the body is still too rich, therefore.the fire burnring is usually controlled by the rate at which the air is drawn. Since

HSD will be stored at atmospheric pressure, this incident is not likely to occurdue to their storages. This incident is also not likely to occur due to storage ofchlorine and handling of HTF.

(iv) Since the chlorine is handled in liquefied form any release will result intoimmediate flash evaporation due to ambient heating. This immediate flash

R,.s.4

svssni,n,,,, 12

evaporation will cause vapour cloud formation. The vapour cloud so formedwill move under the influence of wind in downwind direction. The gradual

dilution will take place and chlorine vapour will safely disperse. There are nochances of fire or explosion as chlorine is a non-flammable material at ambienttemperature and pressure conditions.

6.3.7 Natural Gas Pipeline Failures.

Failure from corrosion defects

Pipeline failures by corrosion can be due to internal corrosion or extemal corrosion.

External corrosion failures are due to moisture in the ground and aggressive soilsand take two forms - small pinhole failures caused by pitting and more generalizedcorrosion leading to a reduction in pipe wall thickness over a plane area. Externalpitting corrosion leads to small leaks that are often difficult to detect but that graduallygrow in size over a period of time. Extemal area or plane defects cause ageneralized reduction of wall thickness, that can fail eventually catastrophically underpressure, leading to large scale release.

Failures by Miscellaneous causes

Pipelines can also fail for a variety of other causes. Typical causes are constructiondefects, pipe material defects, operator error, equipment failure, failure due tointernal erosion and failure due to ground slip, flood ground erosion, earthquake ormining.

Parameters influencing Accident Rates involving Pipelines

* Age of pipelines

* Third Party activities - Relevant in this case only to the sections outside thebattery limits.

* Pipeline designs and standards

* Corrosion

* Maintenance

* Fatigue loading

* Other factors

* Pipeline wall thickness and design conditions

Contributory Factors for NG Pipeline releases

For the NG line, the main hazard arises due to loss of containment duringtransportation anywhere along the pipeline and forthe purpose of this study, the lossof containment from the pipeline would be considered to be occurring within thebattery limits.

Accidental release of flammable gases such as Natural gas can result in severeconsequences. Delayed Ignition of flammable gas can result in blast overpressurescovering large areas. This may lead to extensive loss of life and property. In contrast,fires have localized consequences. Fires can be put out or contained in most cases;however, there are few mitigating actions one can take once a vapour cloud getsreleased.

Blast Over Pressures

Blast Overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material and the amount ofgas between two explosive limits. Natural Gas, once released and not ignitedimmediately is expected to give rise to a vapour cloud which on delayed ignition mayresult In an explosion and overpressures.

Operating Parameters

Potential vapour release forthe same material depends significantly on the operatingconditions. The NG line here Is 14' in diameter and the fuel is likely to be supplied at30 bar pressure. This is enough to release a large amount of gas in case of a leak /rupture.

Lnventory

Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and shortlisting of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to thepotential hazard. The larger the inventory. the larger is the quantity of potential

Risk Assessmnnt 14

release. Hence, the discrete length of the pipeline section between two consecutiveisolation valves as well as the existence of the facility for remote operation of thesevalves play an important role in assessing the damage potential of a releasescenario.

Range of possible Incidents

An inrinite list

The pipeline could fail in an infinite number of ways at an infinite number of locations.In addition, the size of leak too could have infinite possibilities. It is- thereforeessential in QRA that representative cases are considered. This list should reflect theinclusion of accidents and / or non-accident-initiated events, and the size of thoseevents. For instance QRA studies typically evaluate one or more of the following:

- catastrophic failure of the pipeline

- large hole (large continuous release)

- smaller holes (continuous release)

- leaks at fittings or valves (small or large continuous release)

- popping of relief valves (short duration limited release).

- Small and large leakages from flanges, joints etc.

- Others

In general, quantitative studies do not include very small continuous releases or shortduration small releases if past experience or preliminary consequence modelingshows that such releases do not contribute to the overall risk levels. For this study,catastrophic failure of the pipeline, a large hole (6'9, a medium hole (3'9 and asmall hole (1 '9 has been considered.

Selection of Initiating Events and Incidents

The selection of initiating events and incidents should take into account the goals orobjectives of the study and the data requirements. The data requirements increasesignificantly when non-accident-initiated evehts are included and when the number ofrelease size increase. While the potential range of release sizes is tremendous,

RisA Assessment 1 5

groupings are both appropriate and necessitated by data restricti is. The main

reasons for including release sizes other than the catastrophic are o reduce theconservatism in an analysis and to better understand the relative cont )utions to risk

of small versus large releases.

For this study, the (very) small leaks such as the minor ones from % Ives / fittings

have not been considered as they are not likely to result in any fata damage. The

releases, which may result in major or fatal injuries, have been accoi ited for in theanalysis.

R,sA Ass43nienfl 16

6.3.8 POTENTIAL HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS AND POTENTIAL HAZARDS

LOCATION POTENTIAL HAZARDS

Gas Turbine Generator Area Gas/ diesel oil Fire (possible in piping outside the

GTG. within the GT enclosure, during start up

due to fuel leakage, false start etc.), Explosion,

Electrical, Mechanical hazards etc. Possible

hazards due to work in closed spaces, hot

surfaces, moving parts etc.

Transformer and switchyard Ele'ctrical hazards

area

Diesel (liquid fuel) unloading, OU spill and fire hazards, explosion hazards (road

storage & handling area tanker etc.) pump fires, tank fires, leakage etc.

Natural Gas receipt and Gas leakage, jet fires of high intensity.

conditioning area

Oil transformers, power (Oil) Fire Hazard, electrocution (short circuit etc.)

transmission etc.

Heat Recovery Steam Possible Combustion Chamber pressurisation

Generators/Bypass Stack due to maloperation of stack dampeners.

Thus it emerges, that the following issues are a matter of concemr and have a

tremendous potential to cause failures and pose risk of damage / loss of life and

property:

* Natural Gas Pipeline : Loss of containment leading to fire/explosion due to

* Erosion of the pipeline

* Presence of condensate due to failure at the suppliers end,

temperature variation, pressure variation etc.

* Exceeding critical velocity due to excessively high gas demands

* Sharp bends in the pipeline - inherent design problems, etc.

* Corrosion of the pipeline

* Improper cathodic protection

* Hostile Environment - aggressive soils, moisture deposition on the

outside walls, etc.

* Damage to the pipeline

Risk Assessmenf 17

* External factors - third party damage, stress break, ground

shifting, velocity/condensate induced vibration, loss of vibration

dampener, imbalance due to damage to structural support and

others

* Failure of flanges/ pumps/ compressors and others

* Possible static charge accumulation at filters, sttrainers, and other internal

piping items.

* Gas Turbine Area: Fire / Explosion due to

* Gas ( diesel leakage from the piping within and outside the GT Enclosure

* Condensate carriedr into firing chamber due to failure upstream leading to

explosion (sudden volume increase)

* Accumulation of fuel during false start up - incase provisions for

evacuation of the fuel fail

* Failure of purging logic incase of misfiring.

* HRSG Area, Stacks, Interconnections:

* Carryover of fuel along with bumt gases pose hazard

* The dampener operation could result in overpressurisation and explosion

in the flue gas system.

* Lubricating system

* Due to low auto ignition temperatures of lubes, leakage from any joint

could spray hot lube oil onto hot surfaces (e.g. bearings, exposed steam

sections etc.) resulting in fire.

* Lube oil circulation tank could contain flammable mixtures and such

vapours require to be vented safely.

Risk Assessment 18

6.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credibleaccident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximumconsequence distance that is still believed to be possible. An MCA-analysis does notinclude a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. For mostMCA's full bore ruptures of pipelines were assumed. It must be emphasized that in aRisk, Analysis, of course -smaller leaks are considered. In such a study, theprobabilities of the accident scenarios are also estimated. More detailed informationabout the plant and its control and safety system are evaluated then.

Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is theatmospheric condition that is used for the dispersion calculations. In general, a verystable atmosphere (Pasquill class F) and a low wind speed (1 m/s) are assumed.These conditions result in the !owest dispersion velocity and consequently in thehighest vapour concentrations and the largest damage distances. Less pessimisticassumptions (e.g. neutral stability, wind speed 3 mWs), which are generally the moreaverage conditions, result in smaller damage distances.

It is relevant in this respect, to consider the accident scenarios resulting in release offlammable materials as presented in this study. Both the occurrences of fires and offlash fires/explosions may result in destroying large areas, in which surroundingareas might be involved. Furthermore, due to toe presence of large amounts ofhighly inflammable material in the complex, a relatively small accident may easilyescalate to largest consequences.

HSD Tank on Fire.

The HSD tank will be used as startup fuel for flame stabilization. The results of tankon fire scenario are given in the following Table.

Rs, Assessment 1 9

Distances of Occurrence of Various Thernial Radiation Intensities for HSD Tankon Fire

| Radiation Intensity Distance (m) of

| (kN/WM2) Occurrence

38 10

25 1 1

14 12

12 14

6 17

4.5 18

3 21

2 24

1.5 26

The HSD storage tanks will be in cose vicinity of gas turbines. The distance ofoccurrence of 38 Kw/m2 thermal radiaion intensity (tolerable intensity for processequipment) comes out to be 10m hence minimum distance between turbine and HSDstorage tank should be maintained as 10 m.It is clear that radiation intensity causingfirst fighting should remain at a minimum distance of 18m hence personnel notinvolved in fire fighting should remain aT a minimum distance of 18m in the event ofoccurrence of this incident. The distances of occurrence of various thermal radiationintensities for this scenario are much less..

HSD Storage Tank Catastrophic Rupture (Pool Fire)

As mentioned earlier two HSD storage :anks are proposed to be installed one eachfor both the gas turbines. The changes of occurrence of tank shell rupture scenarioare very rare. The distances of occurre-:e of various thermal radiation intensities aregiven, in Talbe No. 6.5. In this case ra:.a ion intensity causing first degree burns (4.5KW/m 2) will occur at a distance cf 35 - Hence movement of personnel be restricted

within a radius of 35 m in the event -ealization of this failure scenario. It may be

mentioned that computations have bee- done by assuming a pool diameter of 12 mfor this scenario.

Single Chilorine Tonner Failure.

.. .. . .. . _ , _ _ .,. . _0

In the event of chlorine tonner damage total quality released is estimated as 576 kg.This released quantity will immediately form vapour cloud. This vapour cloud willdisperse immediately under influence of wind. The distances of occurrence of IDLHconcentration have been estimated as 2.1 km and 5.1 km respectively. The distancesof occurrence of 3 ppm concentration under stabilities D and F have been estimatedas 5.3 and 9.7 km respectively. The detailed concentration'profiles for this scenariohave not been given because of extremely low probability of occurrence andoccurrence of chlorine concentration at larger distances.

Multiple Chlorine Tonner Failure.

The requirement of chlorine at RSPCL Mathania is for dosing in cooling water systemto prevent algae growth. Based on consultants past experience it is considered atany point of time there will be not more than three tonners at plant site. Maximumnumber of three tonners are likely to be used for chlorination. The released chlorinewill immediately form vapour cloud and this vapour cloud will move under influence ofwind in down wind direction. The dilution Will also take place as cloud moves in downwind. The variation of chlorine concentration in downwind direction is given in tableno. 6.6. It is clear that IDLH concentration(25 ppm) occurs at a distance of about 3km under persistence of Pasquill Stability D (day time worst weather condition) andat a distance of 6.0 km under persistence of Pasquill Stability F (night time worstweather condition). Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) concentration (3 ppm) occursat 6 and 14 km under persistence of stabilities D and F respectively.

From the above discussion it is concluded that there is need to educate generalpublic in a radial distance of 14 km about dangerous properties of chlorine and itsimpact on hunman health in event of sudden leakage.

Heat Transfer:,Fluid Spillage/Leakage

Dowtherm A' is proposed to be used as a heat transfer fluid. This is used as a heatabsorbing media from solar pans for further utilization in steam generation.

Physical and chemical properties of Dowtherm 'A' have been studied from literature.This produict is an eutectic mixture of 73.5% diphenly oxide (C, H,oO) and 26.5%

R,st Asscssnlent 21

biphenyl by composition. This mixture is straw coloured liquid which darkens on use.

It has a little pungent odour. This compund has a very high heat capacity. The

chances of its leakage in circulation system are rare. The most prone equipment to

leakage in the circulation system are pumps and valves. In order to prevent leakages

from pumps and valves following protective measures are proposed to be adopted:

Variable speed control of pump which will provide a gradual start up and

lower average operating speeds. This reduces vibration and wear and

increases mechanical seal life, as a-result of lower average pump outlet

pressures. Another important benefit is reduction in parasitic pumpil3g

requirements;

- Flexible shaft couplings between the motor and pump and changes in the

piping arrangement in the pump area, to reduce stresses on the pumps

due to thermal growth;

- Specially designed double barrier seal cooling system with controlled

cooling flow to increase seal life through improved temperature control;

- Larger pump casing to. increase impeller tip clearances and reduce

vibration and weal;

- An elevated expansion vessel and HTF vent system to eliminate gas

pockets and provide additional pump suction head (NSPH) under all

operating conditions.

A hypothetical case has been considered that there is a leakage of this fluid due to

pump or valve failure. It has been assumed that leakage persists for 5 minutes and

within these five minute either corrective action is taken or standby pump proposed

starts working and leaking pump is isolated. The leaked quantity has been estimatedas 148.83 m3 or approximate 122 tonnes. This will be in hot form at a maximum

temperatures of 3910C and may cause burn injuries to humans/plant personnel if

present in close vicinity of spillage point. Further is vapour may cause irritation to

eyes, nose and skin and nausea. The protective measures to be adopted by plant

personnel are described in the next sections. It is estimated that STEL concentration

of 2 ppm will occur at a distance of about 987 m under persistence of Stability D and

4.7 km under persistence of Stability F. hence effecti /e measures are required to be

taken to speedily-recover the HTF.

Risk Assessmcnt, 22

6.4,1 MITIGATIVE MEASURES.

(i) Chlorine release

Following immediate steps are recommended to mitigate the toxic relez es.

* Wear self contained breathing apparatus and protective overall Minimum 2sets should be available.

* Close the valve of the tonner.

* If valve.leaks, rotate the chlorine tonner so that only gas phase r ilorine leaks..This reduces the rate of release to great extent. Ensure that t ienr rotationfacilities are available at spot.

* Attend- the leak by means of the emergency kit which shoL I be rapidlyaccessible-and workers should be well trained to use this.

* Empty'the tonner by consuming the process or bubbling the gas wly throughon alkali scrubber with sufficient capacity to contain leakage from tonner.

(ii) HTF release

Following protective measure are recommended to mitigate adverse he; th impacts:

* Wash the contaminated part of body with running water;

* Wash eyes with tap water if eyes are affected and take advice Df physicianimmediately:

* Remove the contaminated clothes irnmediately;

* Wear protective overalls while handling it.

The spilled HTF should be recovered as early as possible to minimize damages tosoil It is suggested that the pump area of HTF should be paved with ;oncrete foreffective removal. Alternatively the spilled HTF may be absorbed in san, This soiledsand may be disposed off as per provisions of Hazardous Waste (Man jement andHandling) Rules, i989 as contamihated soil will become hazardous wasl

(iii) HSD Release.

Risis Apzessmsniw 23

Following mitigative measures are recommended to mitigate adverse health impacts.

* Wash the contaminated part of body with running water

* Remove contaminated clothes immediately.

* Wear eye protective devices and overalls while handling

* No body should enter inside empty tanks without measurement of levels of

hydrocarbon

• In case of swallowing physician must be contacted immediately.

Spilled fuels should be recovered as early as possible. The spilled area should be

barricaded. The release materials be absorbed in sand or vermiculite.

6.4.2 CONSEQUENCE CALCULATIONS in Respect of Natural Gas

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the

damage (lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can

roughly be divided in three major groups:

a) Determination of the source strength parameters;

b) Determination of the consequential effects;

c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

* Catculation of the outflow of liquid, vapours or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in

case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

* Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and

of the dimensions-of the remaining liquid pool.

* Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material,

pool dimensions and wind velocity.

* Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases.

Rtsk A.sssssmetnt 24

* Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source

strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical

situation of the surrounding area.

* Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ M2 ] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of

the distance to the source.

* Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/Mi2], as a function of the distance to the

distance of the exploding cloud.

* Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

- Gas, vapour, liquid, solid?

- Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products?

- Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure?

- Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those

effects. The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the

exposure. For instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heatradiation, than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects,

the knowledge differs strongly between different materials. In Consequence Analysis

studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished:

* Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE. In this study, the

concern is that of Jet fires and flash fires;

* Explosion

* Toxic effects,- from toxic materials or toxic combustion products. However, thisis not applicable to this study.

As there are no toxic chemicals handled, therefore, it has not been described here, In

the next two paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained for

heat radiation and vapour cloud explosion.

Heat Radiation

The consequences caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

* The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m];

* The exposure duration [sec];

* The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

'The limits for 1% of the exposed people to t* killed due to heat radiation, and for

second-degree burns are given in the table below:

Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Exposure Radiation Radiation energy Radiation energyDuration energy (1% for 2nd degree for first degree

lethality, kW/m2 burns, kW/m2 bums, kW/M2

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.50 Sec 4 9.3 7.0 4.0

100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with

flames, such as the flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively lesser

incident radiation intensity are given below.

Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensitv

INCIDENT RADIATION TYPE OF DAMAGE- kW/m2

0;7-_ Equivalent to Solar Radiation1.6 No discomfort for long exposure4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec.

_____________________ Blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely)9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second

degree burns after 20 sec.12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of

__wood, melting piastic tubings etc.

The actual results would be less severe due to the various assumptions made in the

models arising out of the flame geometry. emissivity, angle of incidence. view factor

and others. The radiative output of the flame would be dependent upon the fire size.

fli.sA Ssscss,,w,t 26

extent of mixing with air and the flame temperature. Some frattion of the radiation is

absorbed by carbon dioxide and water vapour in the intervening atmosphere. Finally

the incident flux at an observer location would depend upon the radiation view factor,

which is a function of the distance from the flame surface, the observer's orientation

and the flame geometry. Estimation of the thermal radiation hazards from pool fires

essentially involves 3 steps; characterization of flame geometry, approximation of the

radiative properties of the fire and calculation of safe separation distances to

specified levels of thermal radiation.

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud exp!osion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within

the cloud proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

* Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguishee with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

Damage Due To Overpressures

Peak 0½erpresiure' i DamagLe TypeI0`30 bar`,~ HWeavy Darmage

OA-0.---10,ba Moderate Damage110.03 ba7r Sionificant Damage0-0,b ar _ Minor Damage

Estimration of Fataiities

When calculating off-site risk, the area encompassed by the accident effects is

multiplied by the population density to obtain the number of fatalities associated with

the accident.

Risj, Assessmnen,t 27

Heat Radiation

For this study, the following damage criteria has been followed for fire burns / heatradiation injuries, based on an exposure duration of 30 sec.

Heat Radiation (kW/m Resulting fatalities %VWithin the flame (Jet ( flash fire) 100 %From flame to 12.6 kW/m 50 %6.3 to 12.6 kW/rn2 10 %Below 6.3 MWm' O

Explosion

Considering the discussions given In the earlier section, it is approximated that thatoverpressure more than 0.3 bar corresponds approximately with 99% lethality. Anoverpressure of 0.1 bar would result in 1% fatalities. It is assumed that anoverpressure less than 0.1 bar would not cause any fatalities to the public.

Based on the methodology discussed above a set of appropriate scenarios wasgenerated to carry out Risk Analysis calculations, as listed below:

S. SCENARIO DESCRIPTION SCENARIONO. TYPE

1 Full Bore Rupture - Natural Gas Pipeline - Immediate Jet FireIgnition

2 6" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Immediate Ignition Jet Fire

3 3" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Immediate Ignition Jet Fire4 1" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Immediate Ignition Jet Fire5 Full Bore Rupture - Natural Gas Pipeline - Delayed Vapour Cloud

Ignition Explosion

6 6" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Delayed.Ignition Vapour CloudExplosion

7 3" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Delayed Ignition Vapour CloudExplosion

8 1 Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - Delayed Ignition Vapour CloudExplosion

6.4.3 SCENARIO DESCRIPTION

Scenario #1 Full Bore Rupture - Release from the 14" pipeline -Jet Flame

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14

Operating temperature - 30 °C

Operating Pressure - 30 bar

Leak size - 14" (assumed)

Turbulent Free Jet Model

Jet Length - 380.7 m

Safe Separation Distance - 761.4 m

Release Rate - 230 kg Isec

Scenario # 2 6" Leak - Release from the 14" pipeline - Jet Flame

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14"





Jet Length - 163.4 m

Safe Separation Distance - 326.4 m

Release Rate - 42.4 kg /sec

Scenario # 3 3" Leak - Release from the 14" pipeline - Jet Flame

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14'





Jet Length - - 81.7 m

Safe Separation Distance - 1Q3.4 m

Release Rate 10.6 kg Isec

Scenario # 4 1 " Leak - Release from the 14" .6ipeline - Jet Flame

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14'





Jet Length - 27.4 mSafe Separation Distance - 54.6 m

Release Rate - 1.17 kg /sec

Scenario # 5 Full Bore Rupture - Release from the 14" pipeline - Flash Fire I

Explosion

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14'



Leak size - 14' (assumed)

Dispersion Model

Source Strength - 229.8 kg/s

Weather Conditions . Dispersed Cloud - Amount of gas between

.____________ _ . =Length(m) Width(m) two Explosive limits (kg)

D-3 m/s + - ] - 250 300 940F-1 m/s 230 ' 207 940

Risk Assoss,eitf 30

Vapour Cloud Explosion Model

Damage levels Overpressure Radii

[Peak Overpressures) D-3 m/s F-1 m/s

Heavy (0.3 bar) 36.6 36.6

Moderate (0.1 bar) 65.5 65.5

Significant (0.03 bar) 290.5 290.5

Minor (0.01 bar) 2061 2061

Scenario # 6 6" Leak - Release from the 14" pipeline - Flash Fire I Explosion

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14"




Dispersion Model


Weather Conditions Dispersed Cloud Amount of gas between

Length(m) Width(m) two Explosive limits (kg)

D-3 m/s 250 300 887

F- m/s 175 140 940



[Peak Overpressures]j D-3 mr/s F-1 m/s

Heavy (0.3 bar) 36.6 36.6

Moderate (0.1 bar) 65.5 65.5


Minor (0.01 bar) 2061 2061

RisA AsSessillelnt 31

Scenario-# 7 3" Leak - Release from the 14" pipeline - Flash Fire I Explosion

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14-




Dispersion Model


Weather Conditions JDispersed Cloud Amount of gas between

| Length(m) Width(m) two Explosive limits (kg)

D-3 m/s 250 300 887

F-1 m/s 175 140 940



[Peak Overpressures) D-3 m/s F-1 m/s

Heavy (0.3 bar) 36 36.6

Moderate (0.1 bar) 64.3 65.5


Minor (0.01 bar) 2023 2061

Scenario # 8 1" Leak - Release from the 14"P ipeline - Flash Fire / Explosion

Parameters

Pipeline Size - 14"




Dispersion Model

Source Strength 1.17 kg/s

| Weather Conditions | Dispersed Cloud Amount of gas between

W Length(m) Width(m) two Explosive limits (kg)

D-3 m/s 41.8 21 16.7

F-1 m/s 70 63 84.4

6.4.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS - SUMMARY IN RESPECT OF NATURAL

GAS

JET FIRES. SCENARIO DESCRIPTION JET SAFE

NO. LENGTH SEPARATION

DISTANCE

1 Full Bore Rupture - Natural Gas 380.7 m 761.4 m

Pipeline - Immediate Ignition

2 6" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - 163.4 m 326.4 m

Immediate Ignition

3 3" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - 81.7 m 163.4 m

Immediate Ignition

4 1" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - 27.4 m 54.6

Immediate Ignition

VAPOR CLOUD EXPLOSIONS. SCENARIO DESCRIPTION OVERPRESSURE RADII TO 0.01NO. BAR

D- 3 MIS F- 1 MIS

5 Full Bore Rupture - Natural Gas 2061 m 2061 mPipeline - Delayed Ignition

6 6" Leak - Natural Gas Pipeline - 2061 m 2061 m

Delayed Ignition l

7 3" Leak-- Natural Gas Pipeline - 2023 m 2061 niDelayed lgnition

8 1" Leak.- Natural Gas Pipeline - I

Delayed Ignition I _

RisA Ass,?. s.wle,33

The above results indicate that the jet fire in case of a full bore rupture of the 14'pipeline at 30 bars pressure, can overheat surrounding structures upto about 380mand incase of 1" leak upto 30 m. The best action available incase of a jet fire is to cutoff the fuel supply i.e. isolating the section involved in the leak. At the same time, thevulnerable structures should be moved away from the vulnerable zone if possible.otherwise, kept cool by high pressure water monitor to mitigate the effects of the jetflame. It may be mentioned he(e that the heat intensity of the jet flame is high enoughto melt the structural steel after about half an hour- flame proofing of the structuresmay be considered in view of this hazard.

In the event of delayed ignition of the vapour cloud after release, minor leaks of 1"size are rapidly diluted due to high exit velocity- explosive gas amount is notsignificant enough to cause or sustain an explosion. However a flash fire may result

.resulting in 100% fatality within its envelope. The distance to minor effects ofexplosion (0.01 bar overpressure) incase of a full bore rupture or a major leak couldextend till 2 kms from the centre of explosion while significant impact can be felt atdistances of almost 300 m rendering all other structures within the vicinity vulnerable.It is generally observed that an increased degree of confinement of flammablevapour cloud increases its damage potential incase of an explosion.

Risk A#c.asseno,im 34

6.5. NATURAL GAS SYSTEM SAFETY FEATURES

The main safety features of the gas system are described below:

* Emergency shut Down valves are provided for immediate gas inventory

isolation in case of emergency. These are provide at various points right from

the main gas inlet to the vent line, within the GT enclosure and near about all

major equipment. Methods for allowing blow-down of the gas inventory are also

provided.

* Gas detectors would be provided at vulnerable points for early detection of gas

* Emergency vent provision is made for cold venting the gas during emergency

and for total unit shutdown

* The gas line would be highly instrumented - all parameters would be well under

control and any deviation (such as fall in line pressure due to leak) would be

identified early on, allowing the Operator to take sufficient corrective action inadvance.

* All gas lines (and diesel lines) would be electrically continuous through provision

of copper jumpers

* Condensate from the gas line would be collected in the condensate drum andcarried away safely- no local draining of condensate etc. is envisaged as per thedesign.

6.6. RECOMMENDATIONS

Based on the consequence analysis as well as the study of the proposed plant

following recommendations as measures for risk reduction are put forward:

* The risk analysis study indicates that emergency shut off valves are critical for

isolation of inventory- these must be periodically inspected for operation and

kept in 100% available condition.

* Any flame impingement on any surface or structure due to a jet fire must be

cooled immediately with high pressure monitor water to prevent damage ormelting. This must be mentioned in the operations manual. Structural fire

proofing may also be carried out for vulnerable structures.

Ros, Assessmiient 35

* Gas venting, blow down etc. must be ensured through proper SOPs- gases

become dense on blowdown and the dispersion could be more damaging.

* Gas detectors may be placed at suitable areas in the plant

* All interlocks should be kept and maintained in working condition at all times.

* Ventilation should be provided for any enclosed area where hydrocarbon

vapours may accumulate.

* Small Leaks are more frequent and need to be arrested before developing into

bigger leaks and controlled quickly. Good practices for monitoring thickness.etc.

must be-put into place and-care taken, especially at vulnerable points such as

sharp bends, small joints etc.

* By reducing the time required to stop the leak which in tum would reduce the

quantity *of spillage. The response time could be reduced by installing /

maintaining instruments, effective communication system etc.

* Critical velocity considerations apply- this calls for attention.

* Condensate draining system may be prone to static hazard and condensate

handling must be carried out very carefully through closed systems .

* The staff must be trained on handling natural gas and hazards associated with

it, the importance of following SOPs, regular and periodic maintenance and

inspection of all the equipment and lines and mock drill including emergency

actions in case of an accidental release. evacuation, rescue, emergency

procedures etc.

* Emergency procedures should be well rehearsed and state of readiness to be

achieved.

* In locations where flammable vapours may be present, precautions should be

taken to prevent ignition by eliminating / containing source of ignition. Source of

ignition may include open flames, lightening, smoking, cutting and welding

operations, lighting I hot surfaces, frictional heat, sparks (static, electrical and

mechanical), spontaneous and radiant heat.

RISA A~S.!ss,~S,l ,!36

Table No. 6.1

Permissible Limits of HTF Exposure.

Si. No. | Component Authority RecommendedVapour Limit in

l____________________________________________ A m b ie n t A ir

1. Diphenyl oxide (75.5% American Conference on 1.0 ppm

by volume) governmental Industrial

Hygiene (ACGIH)

Short Term Exposure

Limits (STEL)

2. C12H10(26.5% by ACGIH 0.2 ppm

volume)

STEL 0.6 ppm

Permissible Concentration in Water

SI. No. Component Concentration in water pgIl)

1. C12H1o No criteria set

2. C12H10 EPA suggested limit = 13 pg/I

Table No. 6.2

Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensity.

Incident Radiation Intensity Type of Damage(KW/m 2~)

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process

equipment!.

25 Minimum energy required for ignite wood at

infinitely long exposure (non piloted)

12.5 Minimum Energy required for piloted

ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.

4.5 Sufficient to cause pain to personnel is

unable to reach cover within20 sec.;

however blistering of skin (1 5t degree burns)

is likely

1.6 Will cause no discomfort on long exposure

Table No. 6.3

Heat Radiation & Escape Time

Radiation Intensity BTU/hr.ftZ Time to Pain Threshold (Second)

440 (1.39 kW/rm) 60

550 (1.6 KW/m') 40

740 (2.33 KW/m2) 30

920 (2.9 KW/m') 16

1500 (4.7 KW/m 2) 9

2200 (6.93 KW/mZ) 6

3000 (9.5 KW/m') 5..3700 (11.66 KW/m) 4

6300 (19.9 kW/mz 2

Table No. 6.4

Tolerable Intensities of Various Objects.

Object (KW/m) Tolerable Intensity

Drenched Tank 38

Special Buildings (No Windows, Fire Proof 25

Doors)

Normal Buildings 14

Vegetation 10-12

Escape Route 6 (upto 30 seconds)

Personnel in Emergencies 3 (upto 30 seconds)

Plastic cables 2

Stationery Personnel 1.5

Table No. 6.5

Thermal Radiation Intensity Due to HSD Tank Shell Rupture Pool Fire

Radiation Irtensity (KW/m2) Distance (m) of Occurrence

38 17

25 19

14 23

12 25

6 31

4.5 35

_ . 40

2 47

1.5 53

Table 6.6

Variation of Chlorine Concentration Due to Multiple chlorine Tonner

Failure

Distance (mi) Chlorine concentration (ppm)

Stability D Stability F

200 13345 50353

400 2844 13333

600 1085 5616

800 537 2955-

1000 309 17773

1500 112 685

2000 54 345

2500 31 201

3000 19 129

3500 13 88

4000 9 64

4500 7 48

5000 5 37

6000 3 24

7000 2 16

8000 1.5 11

9000 1.1 9

10000 0.9 7

12000 . 4

14000 3

_ indicates not computed due to very low concentration of chlorine

CHAPTER 7


CHAPTER -7


7.1 G;;NERAl,

As per the rules 10 to 13 under "Manufacture, Storage and Import Hazardous

Chemical Rules", 1989 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the o( upier of the

industry using hazardous chemicals in the manufacturing activity shoulh develop and

submtit an Emergency Management Plan or, as it is some times- ca !d. Disaster

Management I'lan (DMP). Ihis includes descriptioni of the emergencies kely to Iris,

out of the activity together with proposed measures to overcome the situ; ion.

An onsite emergency in the industries involving hazardous processes or n hazardous

installations is one situation, which has potential to cause serious injury i loss of life.

It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption in t ! Nwork area

and usually, the effects are confined to factory or in several departmei s of factorv

premises. An emergency being, when operator at the plant or in char of storage

cannot cope up with a potentially hazardous incident and which may urn into an

emergency.

?. 3OIIJECTIVES OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN/ONSITE )ISAS1TER

MNANAGEMENT AT THE POWER PLANT

A quick effective response during an emergency can have tremendous si iificance on

whether situation is controlled with little loss or it turns into a majo emergcnci.

TIhiereflrc, the purpose this On Site Eimergency Plan (OSEP) is to I avide basic

guidanice to the personnel for effective combating such situations to min nize loss of

lil. dainage to property and loss of property.

()h cCtivc emcenllcV planl1ing is to maximize the resource utilizaiioni a I conmbined

etloris towardls elinergcncy of operations are as follows:

' )t 1 1) , EAn Iferoeticv

To iidc L-oa;C diinkinu! accuratclt and to redtice thinkijn limie.'

7-1

* TIo localize thc emergenicy and if possiblc eliminate it.

* To minimizc the effects of accident on people and property.

* To take correct remedial measures in the quickest time possible to contain thc

incident and control it with minimum damage.

* To prevent spreading of the damage in the other sections.

* To mobilize the internal resources and utilize the.m in most effective way.

* To arrange rescue and treatment of casualties.

7.2.2 During Normal Timc

* To keep the required emergency equipment in stock at right places and ensure

them in working conditions.

* To keep the concerned personnel fully trained in the use of emergency

equipment.

* To give immediate warning to the surrounding localities in case

t Of incidence of an emergency situation.

* To mobilize transport and medical treatment of the injured.

* To get help from local community and Government officials to supplement

manpower and resources.

* Tlo provide information to media and government agencies. Preserving-

records, evidence of situation for subsequent emergency, etc.

7. 3 SCOPE OF OSEP AT THE PROPOSED POWER PLANT

This 0SEl V v reared for indus rri;l i mcrgencies like Fires. explosions. toxic relcases

e1c.. z1lic dIoes-nftM covcr' naturcal calamities and societal disturbances related

cIflcrgenu: (4~L. slri kes. lbomb ihreats. civil commotion etc.).

7-2

7.3.1 lIcmcnts of Onsilc Emergency Plan at lPoivcr 1l'ant

* Fimergency organisation

* Emergency facilities

* Roles and responsibilities of key personnel and essential employee

* Communications during emergency

* .Emergency shutdown of plant & control of situation

* Rescue transport & rehabilitation

* Developing important informnation

7.4 METHODOLOGY

The consideration in preparing this emergency plan include the following steps:

Identification and assessment of hazards and risLk.

Identifying, appointment of personnel and assignment of responsibilities.

Identification and equipping emergency control centre.

Identifying assembly, rescue points, medical facilities, etc.

Training, rehearsal & evacuation.

Action on site.

7.4.1 Emergencies Identified

Emergenicies that may be likely at a power generation station witli Natural Gas are as

folloxvs:

Piles al RSICI. Firc/Explosion in NG Pipeline

I:ire/l'-XploSiOnl with G1'r Enclostire

7-3

Chlorinie leakage at storagc area

7.4.2 Others

* Release of chlorine vapours from toners and cylinders

* Release of HTF from circulation System

* Asphyxiation of persons

* Chlorine leakage detection.and absorption system is also provided in tihe

chlorination building.

* Large diesel, acid, alkali spills due to contairnment failures

* Other risks are earthquake, lightning, sabotage, bombing etc., which are

usually, not in the purview of management control.

7.5 POWER PLANT CONTROLLED AREAS - SAFETY DESIGN FEATURES

7.5.1 NG System Safety Features

The main safety features of the gas system are described below:

X Emergency shut down valves are provided for immediate gas inventory isolation

in case of emergency. These are provided at various points right from the main

gas inlet to the vent line. Within the GT enclosure and near about all major

equipment. Methods for allowing blow down of the gas inventory are also

provided.

Gas detectors would be provided at vulnerable points for early detection of gas

ElEmergenc) v ent provision is made for cold venting the gas during emergenc) and

Icor total unit slttldowil

* Ih lie as linle Would be lhighlly insllj1mcnted - all parameters woould be well unlder

control and any dLevialioll (suclh as fall in Iiiie pressure dtie lo lea}k) would bc

identi lted garl. on1 allowing thc (Operalor to wake sufficient corrective action il

advance..

7-4

* All gas lines (and diescl lines) would be electrcally continuous through provision

of copper jumpers.

* Condensate from the gas line would be collected in the condensate drum and

carried away safely - no local drainage of condensate etc. is envisaged as per the

design.

7.5.2 Liquid Fuel Storage Tanks

Liquid fuel storage tanks will be founded on sand fill, which.will be contained in ringbeams and topped with bituminous carpet.

Concrete dyke wall will be constructed all around the tanks to hold the oil in case of

any accidental leakage from any tank.

Sand filling on which the tanks would rest will be hydraulically compacted to achieve

maximum consolidation. Ring beams containing this sand fill will be designed for

hoop tension resulting from side pressure exerted by sand fill due to the surcharge of

storage tank full with oil. Reinforced concrete dyke walls will be designed to retain

leaked oil.

7.5.3 Liquid Fuel Unloading and Forwarding Shed

Liquid fuel unloading and forwarding pumps will be located in a shed for unloading

oil from railway wagons/road tankers and to forward the fuel from the storage tanklsto the GTGs.

The shed will have steel columns and braced rafters with corrugated GI sheets on top

only. There vill be no side cladding. Steel columns will be supported by concrete

pedestal on isolated footings. The slabs on grade will be provided with raised bases to

support pump skids.

7.5.4 Drains Containing Oil

All Jrains. hlavinig chalices of oil contaminiiiatioIi, will be passed throu-1i suitabl\ sized

oil water separators to separate tlei oil. Clear w\atcr will be discharged into the

dralina>e system. IFor transislonner oil. a separate suitUp wvill be provided to ctllect -il

7-5

and fire water following transformer rupture. In time, oil will separate out and float

up, which can then be removed manually and water can be drained out by portable

sump pump.

The drains, overflow etc., from the fuel unloading and storage system equipment and

the related areas, will be passed through an adequately sized oil-water separator to

remove oil from the final waste. The oil[free water will be discharged to plant

efflucnt collection and treatment system and the oil sludge will be collected in the

sludge pit, from where it will be removed manually as and when necessary.

7.6 DIESIGN CRITERION OF INTERLOCK AND PROTECTION SYSTEM

rhe interlock and protection system implements the various plant and equipment

interlock logic, which ensures

* Safe start up and shut down criterion of major awdiliaries by automatic operation

of associated facilities.

* Prevent real operation of equipment and avoid costly maintenance by monitoring

of various permissive conditions and tripping ox the plant/equipment whenever

the conditions are not satisfied.

For gas turbine generator unit, following minimum trips are envisage

- Gas turbine exhaust temperature high.

- Gas turbine exhaust pressure high.

- Gas turbine bearing vibration high.

- Gas turbine bearing metal/bearing drain oil temperature higih.

- Gas turbine air filter differential pressure high.

- Fuel pressureyalve failure.

- Emergency manual trip.

- Generator protection operated.

7-6

Governor system failure.

-Gas turbine lube oil pressure low.

Hydraulic oil pressure low.

Flame failure.

Gas turbine over speed.

For heat recovery steam generator, the following minimum trips are envisagcd

HP drum level very low.

LP d&um level very low.

HP drum level very high.

LP drum level very high.

Generator level very low.

- All HP/LP BFPs tripped.

Interlock is also envisaged for bypass operation damper during jlRSG trip condition.

For steam turbine following minimum trips are envisaged:

- Condenser vacuum very low.

- In let steam temperature low.

- Lube oil pressure very low.

- Contiol^.oil pressure very low.

- AxiaLshift excessive.

- Steam turbine bearing vibration high.

- Differential expansioni hieli.

7-7

Governor system failure.

Generator protection operated.

Manual emergency trip.

7.7 GTG AND HRSG CONTROL SYSTEM

GTG control system will be designed to fulfill all the gas turbine generator control

requirements during start-up/shut-down condition/loan control/emergency condition

and protecting the entire-system against unsafe and adverse operating conditions. All

these are performed in coordinated and integrated manner, which is tailored at

achieve GT control philosophy.

This will typically include the following:.

* Auxiliary Drive Control

This caters for drive control of all auxiliary systems like lubricating oil system, trip

oil system, inlet guide vane (IGV) actuation system, and compressor blow off, drain

system.

This also includes control of auxiliaries related to liquid fuel system, ignition system,

and water injection system.

* Automatic Start-Up, Operation and Shut-Down

This caters for automatic startup and shutdown sequence with manual override and

synchronization (auto as well as manual) when synchronization speed is reached.

* Fuel Control

This fiJnction-cons-sts of-liquid fuel oil control valve position control, speed control.

and load-contr-l6 -&trbinie e'xhaust temperature control.

7-8

* Monitoring Function

This function includes monitoring of important GTG and auxiliaries rclated

parameters through CRT screen. This will also include supervisory equipment for

vibration, speed, flame monitoring and operating data counter.

* Protection Function

This protection system will further ensure safe operation of the GTG and their

auxiliaries under unsafe and adverse operating conditions.

GTG control system vill be supplied by GTG vendor and will be fully dedicated.

Suitable data communications link along with necessary hardware and protocol

matching will be provided between GTG control station and DCS located in the

central control room for centralized operation.

Following typical controls are envisaged under HRSG control system:

i) HP/LP Drum Level Control

HP/LP drum levels are controlled by modulating the feed control valves in feed water

lines going to HP/LP economizers respectively. Single element control vwill be

provided for low load. However, for better controls, provision has been made for

three element controls using differential steam flow and feed flow as feed forward

signal for high load.

ii) HP Steam Header Temperature Control

The HP steam temperaturc at respective HRSG header is controlled by controlling the

spray water flow.

7.8 STG CONTROL SYSTEM

STG control system, as designed, will fully achieve the function of governing,

sequence, interlock> and protection monitoring control, operation and alarming of

steam turbine generator and auxiliaries and related parameters. All the required

7-9

devices and equipment will be provided to achieve above functions. The STG control

system will typically include the following:

* Electro Hydraulic Governing System

The controlled covered in this system will basically consists of speed controller, load

controller, and output frequency droop characteristics controller.

* Auxiliary Drive Control

This will include the auto/manual of various -auxiliary systems such as lube oil

system, control oil systern, gland sealing system, drain system, condenser vacuum

raising etc.

* Automatic Run-Up and Shutdown

This caters to. the automatic run-up and shutdown sequences with manual override in

conjunction with thermal stress monitor and synchronization (Auto as well as

Manual) when synchronization speed is achieved.

* Protection Function and Emergency Trip Devices

This will ensure safe operation of the STG and their auxiliaries under unsafe and

adverse operating conditions. The required redundancy will be provided for different

trip signals.

* Automatic Testing System

This will cater to the automatic on-load testing of turbine protective equipment

without disturbing normal operation keeping all the protective functions operative

during test.

* Monitoring and Turbo Supervisory Function

This function includes monitoring of important STG and auxiliaries related

parameters including turbo-supervisory parameters through CRT screen. Turbo-

Supervisory paranmcters will typically rotor vibration, absolule case expansion, turbille

speed, and axial shifl position.

7-1t

STG vendor will supply STG control system. Suitable data communication link along

with necessary hardware and protocol matching will be provided between STG

control cabinet and DCS in the Central Control Room for centralized operation.

7.9 CENTRAL CONTROL ROOM/CONTROL EQUIPMENT ROOM

One Central Control Room (CCRYControl Equipment Room (CER) is envisaged

from where complete operation of the plant is performed. This control room will

house all CRT console, back-up unit control panel, untilstation auxiliaries bus

transfer panel, transformer and switch gear control panel, generator relay panel, fire

alarm and detection panel etc. The control equipment room will house all the control

system panels like DCS cabinets, GTG and STG control cabinets, annunciation

cabinets, UPS, Public Address System Cabinet, ACDB panel interposing relay

cabinet etc.

7.10 EMERGENCY ORGANISATION

Based on the plant organisation, which includes shift organisation, an Emergency

Organisation is constituted towards achieving objectives of this emergency plan.

General Manager is designated as overall in charge and is the Site Controller.

Plant Manager/Alternative the Shift In-Charge Engineer (Plant Operations) is

designated as Incident Controller for all areas of plant except areas under control of

companies, if any.

The following are designated as Emergency Coordinators and their responsible areas

are indicated hereunder:

Mechanical Maintenance Manager Emergency Coordinator (Auxillary.)

Manager (P&A) Emergency Coordinator (Miedical &

Transportation and Coninuliication)

Electrical Maintenance Manager Emergency Coordinator (Electrical)

Security & Safety In-Charge Emergency Coordinator (Safety)

Mlanager (Finaince) Emergency Coordinator (Rehabilitation)

7-1 1

In-Charge (Warehouse) Emergency Coordinator (Warehouse)

Ilhc main Site Controller, incident conitroller and the Emergency Coordinators arc

availablc usually, during general shift only. Otherwise, for eme'rgency operations, on

information, they arrive at site. As a convention, pending arrival of Site Controller to

the site, and Incident Controller of Plant operations assumes charge as Site Controller.

Similarly, pending arrival of respective Emergency Coordinators, respective shift in

charges assume charge and perform duties as Emergency Coordinators. On arrival of

respective.Emergency Coordinators to the site, Regular Emergency Coordinators take

over charge.

These Emergency Co-ordination would be assisted by various teams for their

respective functions.

7.10.1 Essential Employees

All Control Room Operators, Turbine (Gas and Steam) Operators, Switch yard shift

in-charges electrical, mechanical technicians, pump operator, auxiliary equipment

operators (DG sets, Chlorinator, DM Plant Intake Water Pump operators, Vehicle

Drivers, Ambulance Drivers, Guest House Employees, Time Office Persons as

Essential Employees).

7.11 EMERGENCY FACILITIES

Emergcncy Control Centre (ECC)

It is the location where all key personnel like Site Controller, Incident Controller etc.

can assemble in the event of onset of emergency and carry on various duties assigned

to them.

Plait Manater'gO-ffice is designated as Emergency Control Centre Alternative

Securitv room nearw-ie gate: It has P&T telephonie as well as internal telephonies. EC'C

is accessible -Atron, plant located considerably away fiomli H-lSD!Chlorine Storage.

Diesel Genierato-r. _NG pipelinle Between such inventory locations. ihe higih thenm:il

doms Volnes and-(?T num Iber ol wall.s exist as barricrs in the vulnerable zonle. on

7.12

evaluation of other locations, Plant Manager's Room find merit from the distance

point of vies communication etc.

7.11. 1 Facilities Proposed to be Maintained at Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

The following facilities and information would be made available at the ECC.

- Latest copy of Onsite Emergency Plant and Off Site Emergency Plan (as

provided by District Emergency Authority).

Intercom Telephone

- P & T Telephone.

- Telephone directories (Internal, P & T)

- Factory Layout, Site Plan.

- Plans indicating locations of hazardous inventories, sources of safety

equipment hydrant layout, location of pump house, road plan, assembly

points, vulnerable zones, escape routes.

- Hazard chart.

- Emergency shutdown procedures for turbines, generators, natural gas station,

naphtha supply system, chlorinator.

Nominal roll of employees.

* List and addresses of key personnel,

* List and addresses of first aiders,

* List and-addresses of first aid & fire fighting employees,

* List and addresses of qu-alified trained persons.

Duties of key personnel.

Other details including

7- 13

* Important address and telephone numbers including Government agenciesneighbouring Industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact

sheets.

* Timings of trains crossing the two railway gates near site.

* Fire proximity suit/gloves/helmets

* Hand tools suitable for NG/HSD and chlorine lines.

* Gaskets

* Teflon tape

* Gas explosimeter

* Flameproof torches/batteries

* I/2 crow bar

* Spade

* Manila rope

* Spark arrester

* I" tapered wooden plug

* Spare fan belt for truck

* First aid box

* Public address megaphone, hand bell

* Emergency lamp

* Standard chlorine emergency kit (Type B)

Fire Figh'ting-Fhcilities

ECxernal hydrant system

7-14

Internal hydrant system

Spray water system

Portable extinguishers

7.11.2 Fire Protection Systems

These systems are proposed to protect the plant by means of different fire protectionfacilities and consist of:

z. Hydrant system for exterior as well as internal protection of variousbuilding/areas of the plant.

ii. High velocity water spray system for transformers and turbine lube oil tanks.

iii. Medium velocity water spray system for cable galleries.

iv. Portable extinguishers and hand appliances for extinguishing small fires in thedifferent areas of the plant.

V. Carbon dioxide flooding system for GTGs which is a part of the GTGpackage.

7.11.3 Fire Water Pumps

Two (2) independent motor-driven pumps each of 272 m3/hr. capacity at 70 m headare proposed for the hydrant and spray systems. A third pump of sirnilar parametersdriven by diesel engine will act as common standby. For providing the water requiredfor foam protection and cooling of naphtha storage tanks, a protect-spray pump of 80m3/hr capacity is proposed. In addition, two (20 motor-driven jockey pumps of eachof 10 m3/hir capacity will be provided to keep the fire water mains at the desiredpressure.

All the firewater pumps will be located in the miscellaneous pump house adjacent tothe clarified water storage tank. Starting of the pumps is automatic and stopping ofthc pllllips is manual except the jockey, pumps, which stop automatically wheni themains pressurc is restored.

7-I1

7.11.4 liydra'it System

Adequate number of fire hydrants will be provided at various locations in and around

the buildings and other plant areas. The hydrants will be provided on a network of

hydrant mains drawings water from hydrant pump, which starts automatically due to

drop in pressure in the event of opening the hydrant valves.

7.11.5 Protection of Liquid Fuel TanksH.5 j

For protection of naphth&tanks, foam pourers with foam from inlet connection areproposed to be provided. These inlet connections will be connected to foamgenerators, which receive foarn solution through in-line inductors drawing formconcrete from a foam tank and water from the spray/hydrant system mains. Cooling

of the tank cylindrical surface is proposed by way of water spray system for which

adequate pumping and conveying facilities are envisaged. Supplementary protection

with water/foam monitors fed from the hydrant mains is also proposed in line with

Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) regulations and. Oil Industry Safety Directorate

(OISD) Standard 117.

7. 11.6 Transformers and Turbine Lube Oil Tank Protection

Automatic high velocity water spray (HVWS) system is proposed for the

transformers. The system will consists of a number of high velocity projectors

mounted on a pipe network will be through deluge valves. Quartzoid bulb detectorsmounted around the transformers will get fused in the event of a fire at the rated

(high) temperature will cause the deluge valves to open and the resulting pressure

drop in the water mains will be sensed by a pressure switch through which the pump

will be started automatically and the spray of water will take place. Provision will

also be made for remote manual operation. Remove manual HNrkW'S system will be

provided for turbine lube oil tank. In the event of fire, the deluge valve will beactuated fromy local push button station and once the deluge valve is open, water spra\

will take place to extinguish the fire in the tank and the spray pump starlsautomatically due-to fall in the mains pressure.

7-16

7.1 1.7 Cahbc Vaults Protection

Mcdium Velocity Watcr Spray (MVWS) protection is proposed for the cable

galleries. Ihe system is automatic with facilities for remote manual operation on

similar lines as that of HiVWS systemn for the oil tanks. However. a to limit the

demand of water and reduce water damage, the cable galleries are divided into a

number of zones and with the help of a suitable alarm and detection system and

control logic, only the zone on fire and two adjacent zones on either side would be

sprayed with water.

7.11.8 Gas Turbine Protection

Gas turbine generators are provided with automatic carbon dioxide (CO2) flooding

type of protection. This system is usually supplied along with GTG package.

7.] 1.9 Portable Extinguishers

Adequate number and suitable type of hand appliances and* trolley-mounted fire

extinguishers will be provided in the various plant buildings for quenching small fire

in their incipient stage. Control room protection is by means of large capacity (22.5

kg/45 kg) trolley-mounted CO2 extinguishers.

7.11.10 Locations of First Aid Boxes

First aid boxes would be provided in power block, switch yard control room, cooling

tower pump roorn, DM plant area, tank. farm workshop, canteen, fire station,

perfnanent stores, compressor house. DG building, gate complex. administration

office.

7.1 1.I Persons Trained in First Aid

In every-shift, operator. technician. chemist and operator of oil comipanv would be the

trained first aides ini..he plant. ln:addition, the key persons and essential employees

also would be traiinied in first aid.

7-17

7.11.12 Emergency Power Supply

On (I) DG set of rating around 2000 kV, 3 phases, 50 Hz will be provided to cater to

the black start load of onc GT and also for thie safe shutdown of unit in the event of

total blackout. This diesel generator set wifl supply the power to emergcncy GI'

auxiliaries, other emergency plant auxiliaries as well as emergency lighting. The DG

set will be connected to the 6.6 kV switchgear. Alternatively, a scparatc 41 5 V

emergency bus with a 500 kV DG set could be planned with a dedicated 1500 kV DG

set for black start requirements located at 6.6 kV switch gear. Adequate interlocks

would need to be provided between emergency power supply feeder breakers and

normal power supply feeder breakers.

7.11.13 Emergency Escapes - Plant-Wise

The objective of the emergency escape is to escape from the hazardous locations, to

the nearest assembly point or the other safe zone, for rescue and evacuation. The

locations of railway unloading gantry and storage tanks are located in one comer.

Therefore, all the escape routes are planned to go away from these locations towards

gate office and are marked on the plan.

The workers should be trained to determine wind direction and once aware of the

source of leak, they should escape the cloud (Unignited NG/toxic chlorine) by

shortest way - running perpendicularly i.e. cross wind direction.

7.11.14 Assembly Point

Assembly point, is location, where, persons unconnected with emergency operations

wvould process and await for rescue operation. As the hazardous identified in the plant

are fire and chlorine leaks, the assembly points depend upon these are hazardous.

Space near administration office. canteen, compressor house, DM plant area are

identified as Assembly Points and would be marked. However, DM plant area would

not be suitalble f-or clhlorine leak sittatioils and the same information would be posled

iiear thile assenibly poinit.-The wvorkcirs shiould know that the saft assembly poinis

wiould le tiel ones upwind Of tihe source of leaki. They shouild always be an looklow

for change in wind directioni cvcn after reachinlg the prc-designated safe assembly

point.

7.11.15 Wind Sock

Windsocks for determining wind direction indication would be provided at on turbine

plant top and would be visible from many locations. It is proposed to install

windsocks at DM plant area and administration building so as to be visible from

different locations in the plant.

7.11.16 Emergency Transport

Emergency ambulance would be stationed at the administration office and round the

clock-driver would be made available for emergency transportation of injured etc.

However, the other vehicles of the company also would be available for emergency

services.

7.12 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

7.12.1 Declaration of Emergency

On arrival, the Site Controller will assess the situation and consults Incident

controller, if necessary. If he finds that the accident could result into an 'Onsite' he

would declare emergency and order security for raising emergency alarmn warning

siren. Pending his arrival, the incident controller would declare the emergency.

When the Site Controllers feels that the situation is out of control and needs external

help, he would- order sending information to nearest State Fire Station as well as to

neighboring industries for assistance. Also, necessary information would be given to

District Emergency ALuthority (District Collector) for help.

The emergency coordinators on knowing about emergency reach emergency control

centre and,assist site controller:

7.12.2 Eltergenc% -Shutdow.n Procedures

For siallI pl;lills-siltit down procedures miay be comparatively simple witi nlo kniock

on ellects elsewhere ot sites. \Vith large and complex 1lanitis operatioiis are olcil inter

7-19

linked anld the shutdowni of any kcy plant on site. Power plants may have significant

implications for other plants. Emcrgency plans will nced to takc a6count of this so

that ordered and phased sliul downs can take place when necessary depending on typc

of incident occurring.

7.12.3 Emergency Communication

There are four kinds of communication system provided.

I. Power line carrier communication (PLCC)

2. Walk talkie within power project.

3. Public Address system within Project & Quarters (under implementation)

4. Regular P&T phones with intercom facility.

Plant Inter-Communication System

This system will provide quick and reliable communication for plant personnel within

the plant as well as outside the plant area.

The basic plant communication system will consist of the following.

Public Address System

The Public Address System will consist of paging and party channels comprising

hand set stations with.:amnplifiers, transmiitters, receivers and loud speaklers. This

system will facilitatfeiaging communication and also support private conversation as

in conventional-telephone.

EPABX Systcm

Tnis System wilI^-1ha-ve Adequate number of dial type liandset stations. central

;LI[OIlfiltic te1OhQ excliAnLe. etc-- The handsets in control room ivwotld be provided

"ui PrioBrit Y-SC .l: d4i-tlfliy-yto einzible them to,have immediate acceSS to n!c handset

c\eI ilit is alrelady cigcdj

7-20

I and T Tclcphonc

lhc number and location of P and T teleplhone sets will be ; as pcr tile

requirement of the plant.

7.12.4 Whoever Notices Fire or Notices Chlorine Lcak

Whoever notices an emergency identified above or grave situatWil %% hich has

potential to develop into aneemergency (fire incidence and chlorine gc$ leaks) should

forthwith raise an alarm by shouting or approach Shift Engineer. r fri clarge in oil

company Depot and inform details.

If plant operator identifies an emergency, he would direct perSO,'s around to

communicate about emergency while making effort of controlling tile cause, while

protecting himself first.

7.12.5 Warning/Alarm/Communication of Emergency

On receiving information about emergency from Incident Controller. SecuritY would

in turn communicate to Site Controller, All Emergency Coordinators, if they were at

the site by telephone. When they are not accessible on site by telcpllollc messenge

would be dispatched to location of all key personnel with informatioll of emergency.

On the orders of site controller, emergency warning/siren would be operated to alert

all other workers in the plant.

rhe emergency is communicated by siren with unusual node, which is ain indication

of emergency, and this unusual node would be informed to all workers in plant.

Enicrgency conimunication is the responsibility of the emerell(); coordinator

comimiuinicating.

'lle llinergencv Sireii N ode

1Ihe emergenoy -w"ould be communicated by operating electrical siVCeI lJl l- eOltlilfl lS

lor 5 milutes. % ith hiig1 and low pitclh modes.

7-21

On Control of Emergency

FIinally, whien thc cmcrgcncy haIs hceel lbrongjlt unider control, tlle Site Controller will

direct givinig an "All Clcar Signal"ll. Ihus, 1ih workers and those connected with

emergency, rcscuc and relicf wouild conilc I) kniow that the emergency Situation has

now come under control. All clcar is communicnilcd by normal siren.

7.12.6 Emergency Responsibilities

i) Priority of Emergency lJrotcCtion

* Lile safety

* 'Preservation of property

* Restoration of the nomialcy

ii) Site Controller (General Manager)

On rcceiving the message about firc:

* Proceed to site quickly

Exercise direct operational control of thc installation

* Outside the affected area

Continuous reviews and assesses possible developments to detemline lost

probable course of events.

Declares emergency and orders for operalion of em 2rgency siren.

Arrange for a:logof the enicrgClicy for future reference.

W\Vhct lhor the affeGed.a i:jj4-i bc v' ;acuatcd.

Organuies bannojlientl Iy pjjlj)iC addr ss systcei l l,, alol of

emcergency7

I'rCpa;flt ac<cidentl reprort/itlt ^LS IiS; i lt.

7-22

* In consultation with incident controller, declare conclusion of emergency and

orders for all clear siren.

* Informs Inspector of Factories, PCB and other statutory authorities.

* Gives a public statement if necessary.

* Arranges keeping record of chronological events and orders an investigation

report and preserves evidence.

iii) Incident Controlier - Plant Manager/Alternative Shift Incharge

In the absence of Site Controller, Shift In Charge of Plant Operations assumes the

role of Site Controller.

* Proceed to site quickly.

* Assess the magnitude of the incident.

* Arrange to inform the Site Controller.

* Initiate the emergency procedure to secure the safety of workers and minirnise

darnage to installation and property.

* Direct rescue and fire fighting operations until (if necessary) the fire brigade

arrives. Organize for emergency team members present in the shift.

* Ensure that adequate Personal Protective Equipment is available for

Emergency Team members.

* Arrange for search of causalities.

* During fire fighting operations if needed, seek help from electrical/mechanical

maintenance personnel for isolation of machine/section involved in fire.

* Direct operations related to chlorine emergency.

* Arrange for search of casualties.

7-23

* During fire fighting operations if needed, seek help from electrical

/mechanical maintenance personnel for isolation of machine/section involved

in fire.

v) Emergency Coordinator (Auxiliary) - Manager Mechanical Maintenance

* Ensures fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator

to be ready for any emergency with standby arrangement.

* Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply; isolation

of certain sections etc. to shift in charge and electricians, diesel engine

operator.

* Assists site controller in technical services, upkeep of protective equipment

and fire system, emergency lighting in order.

* On arrival of Asst. Manager (Mech Maintenance) Shift Mech. Maintenance

Engineer hands over charge and assists him.

vi) Emergency Coordinator (Elec.) - Manager Electrical Maintenance

* On knowing about emergency occurrence contacts Site controller or

Instructions or proceeds to ECC.

* Arrange for isolation of sections which are affected by fire emergency.

* Ensures emergency power supply to Fire Pumps and essential services.

* Keep emergency crew for electrical repairs, ready.

-* Arranges temporary electrical connections for night working.

* Assist Site Controller in any other area as required.

vii) Emergency Coorditiator (Communication, Transport and Medical)

x On -kIowing about emergency :occurrence, contacts Site Controller orinstructions or proceeds to ECC.

7-24

* Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency

activities.

* Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills,

verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site

Controller.

* Maintains liaison with civil administration and mutual aid agencies

neighboring industrial management.

* Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation

centre.

* He will be in liaison with Site Controller/Incident ControDler.

* Ensures transport facility.

* Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other

emergency materials, spares etc. at ECC.

* Mobilizes extra medical help ,from outside, if necessary.

* Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seek their assistance.

* Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

* Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergcncy

expenditure.

viii) Emergency Coordinator (Safety) - Security and Safety In-Charge as Fire

* )On knowing about emergency occurrence, contacts Site Controller for

instructions of proceeds to ECC.

Till security In charge arrives to the scene shift security in charge assumes

charge as Emergency Coordinator and discharges duties and on arrival of

security in charge, hands over charge and assist him.

7-25

On receiving the message about the fire.

Instruct the security guards on duty to report at the scene of fire.

Assess the situation.

Extend full help from the security department in fighting along with the

plant/personnel.

Directs HSD and other trucks to move to far-off locations during emergency

operations.

Direct isolation of the NG pipeline section involved in the incident

Incase of immediate ignition (Jet fire) protect the other vulnerable

structures/piping/vessels etc. from the heat irnpingement

Incase unignited cloud of NG, direct efforts towards dispersing to it below

LFL and simultaneously ensuring removal of all possible ignition sources.

In all cases, attempts should be made to cut off the fuel supply/limit the

inventory involved in the incident.

In case of immediate fire (Jet fire) attempt controlled burning after isolating

the inventory incase extinguishments is not possible.

Instruct security guards posted on duty in the nearby areas to cordon off the

affected section and to control the crowd a; the scene of fire.

Instruct- security personnel to allow only factory management persons, fire

brigade persons and their vehicles to enter the factory.

Arrange -evacuAtion of non-essential workers to assemble at designated

assembly point.

Those persons whose services are not required for controlling the emergency

should be asked to stay back, odtside the main gate of the factory.

7-26

* Await for fire brigade, guide and assist them for the fire fighting in terms of

water/from availability, hoses and nozzles etc.

* Once the situation is under control and the fire is put out, ensure that all

extinguishers used in fire fighting are filled up again; all used equipment for

fighting are resorted to their original place.

* After emergency is over, post one Security Guard at the scene of fire to check

for possible re-ignition.

Once the emergency is under control, sound. the all clear' siren (when

provided).

* During non-emergency time, makes survey and arranges proper place of the

fighting equipment and ensures their working condition for emergency

operation.

* Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

t Assist the Site Controller in preparing accident report, investigation and

salvage operation.

viii) Chlorine Leak (Only Personnel Trained in Handling Chlorine Leaks

would Attempt to do so)

* Ensure use of proper PPE & Chlorine Kit by the workers

* Determine the location of the source of leak

Valve/body of the cylinder etc.

* Turn the-cylinder so that the leak is from the gas section

t In- case of a hole - attempt plugging

* - Incase plugging fails use chlorine hood and caustic pit

Determiiie wind direction and warn & evacuate people from the cloud path

7-27

Declare all clear only after the Cl2 in the atmosphere has dispersed to safe

concentration level.

ix) Emergency Coordinator (Rehabilitation) - Manager (Finance)

* On knowing about emergency occurrence, contacts Site Controller or

instructions or proceeds to ECC.

* He would assist in provision of emergency funds of operation.

* He would organize for rehabilitatiodn of persons affected.

* He would also record the loss or damage to equipment for further

investigations.

* He would organize Mutual Aid from neighboring industries. For this purpose,

during non-emergency time, he would keep liaison with contact persons and

invite them during mock drills to familiarize them with KEY emergency

requirements.

x) Emergency Coordinator (Warehouse) - Manager (Warehouse)

* On keeping about emergency occurrence, contacts Site Controller or

instructions or proceeds to ECC.

* He would assess the needs of emergency stores requirements including

emergency tools, protective wear and procure and maintain.

* He would arrange for issue of such tools during emergency.

* lHe would assess the needs of protection for various hazardous stores such as

lube-oils, greases and emergencies.

7.12.7 Perison Noticing Fire or HTF Leak

i) Tank Protection

7-28

Raise alarm - Shout Fire! Fire!! Fire!!! or HTF leak. Inform shift In charge of theplant giving clear message about the exact location of fire and names of

equipmentlmachinery involved in fire.

ii) Trained Fire Fighting Person

Protect self

Attempt to put out the fire

Tf electrical installations, are involved and if you have knowledge of the installation.

Attempt to switch off power supply.

If machinery/equipment like pumps transferring diesel etc. are involved attempt tostop operations of affected machines/equipment, if warranted isolate the equipmentinvolved in fire in shortest possible time.

In case of electrical fires, use CO2 or Dry Chemical Powder.

If flammable substances are involved (Naphtha, HSD) in small quantities, use of drypowder or foam type extinguishers to put out the fire.

While fighting fires, position upwind, so that will protect from flame, radiation/heat.

Standby in safety for further instructions.

iii) Trained First Aider

On knowing about emergency, he would report to Emergency Coordinator (P&A)

He would take actions to protect himself

He would render first aid as and when need arises.

iv) oiontractors and Contractors Workers

Colntractors would ensure safety of tlhetnselves and their workers are moving them tosafe zolle, and carry out instructions given from time to time by the IncidentCOntroller or otfier authorised person. They would also ensure that their workers

7-29

follow emergency procedures and move to safe zone, if not assigned with any

eincrgcncy duties.

Also, the contractors would train their workers regarding the emergencies and their

role. The management extends cooperation in arranging and training to contractor

workers. They would seek help from Emergency Coordinator.

v) Transport Vehicles and Material Trucks

The transport vehicle and vehicles with materials would immediately withdraw to

outside the factory main gate. Transport vehicles would wait at the parking place at

the main entrance. Naphtha, truck and HSD truck drivers are instructed to proceed to

far off place from the factory area. This is ensured by Emergency Coordinator

(Security).

vi) Mutual Aid

While necessary facilities are available and are updated time to time, sometimes, it

may be necessary to seek external assistance, it may be from the neighboring factories

or from the State Government as the case may be. Accordingly, a survey is conducted

about the neighboring industries who can come to help and also the help in the

following way. The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid,

transport for rescue and medical aid, fire fighting, additional special protective wear

or any other help as the case may be. Emergency Coordinator (P&A) is assigned with

this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period and

ensure cooperation during ernergency situation. Similarly, the help required from civil

administration, in respect of medical aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc.

are identified and liaison would be established with Mandal Revenue Officer and

Police Officials.

vii) Mock Drills

In spite of detailed- training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works

out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate

the plan and see whether the plan .meets the objective of OSEI'. occasional mock

uallis arc contemplated. Before undertaking the drill. it would be vcry mntch necessary

7-30

to give adequate training to all staff members and also information about possiblemock drill. After few pre-informed mock drills, few un-informed mock drills shouldbe taken. All this is to familiarize the employees with the concept and procedures andto see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock drills should beconducted during shift change, public holidays, in shift etc. to improve preparedness,one in 6 months and performance is evaluated and Site Controller maintains therecord, Incident Controller coordinates this activity.

Review

OSEP would be reviewed periodically about its effectiveness. Whenever, changes aremade in OSEP, due notification of the changes to all concerned would be made.Emergency Coordinator (P&A) coordinates the review.

7.12.8 Fire Protection for HSD Tanks

In order to protect and secure integrity of steel plates/structures effective "cooling"must be applied simultaneously within the first 8 to 12 mninutes, otherwise escalationof the fire situation is inevitable.

While efforts are continuing to smoother the fire by top/bottom application offoaming agetnts.

Maintenance of adequate drainage of fire area assures against blazing oil floating intohitherto unaffected area. Construction of temporary drains and ditches also is a phaseof fire control blanketing pool of oil with foamn will also guard against fire spread.

I. It forms a non-flammable Jayer between the surface of the liquid and burning

vapour, preventing a radiation of heat from causing further evaporation.

2. By sealing the liquid with a foam blanket on the surface. varour cannotescape.

.. The water carried in the suspension of the foam lhas a slight cooling etfect on

the liquid.

7-31

4. The isolation of fuel from oxygen in the air prevents flammable mixtures of

oxygen and vapour from occurring'

5. Dilution of the air with water vapour created by evaporated foam.

7.13 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN

The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any major hazard control system. It

will be based on those accidents identified by the works management, which could

affect people and the environment outside the works. Thus the off-site plan follows

logically from the analysis that took place to provide the basis for the on-site plan and

the two plans shall therefore complement each other.

The off-site plaa in detail will be based on those events which will have very severe

consequenlces yet have a small probability of occurrence will be in this category,

although there will be certain events which are so improbable that it will not be

sensible to. consider them in detail in the plan. These events might be aircraft crashes

on to the installation. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is

flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in

the formation of the plan.

The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-

site plan are described hereunder. The responsibility for the off-site plan will be with

the local authority and emergency coordinator officer who will take overall conimand

of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control centre will be

provided with which the emergency coordinating officer can operate.

An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people

living "within range" of the accident, in particular whether they shall be evacuated or

asked to move indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in

the event bf-an escalation of the Incident, consideration of evacuation Wtill include the

following factors:

- ln tlie case of a major fire but without explosion risk for example from an oil

storaie tank, only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuationi.

7-'.2

altlhouglh a severe smokc hazardous will rcquire this to bc rcvicwe.:

pcriodically.

If a fire is escalating and in turn thrcatcning a store of hazardous material, it

miglht be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if

insufficienit time exists, people shall be advised to stay indoors and shield

them from the fire. This latter case particularly applies if the installation at

risk could produce a fireball with very severe thennal radiation effects.

:For releases or&potential releases of toxic rnaterials, limited evacuatiort will be

appropriate down wind if tlhere is time. The decision will depend partly on tlhe

type of housing "at risk". Conventional housing of solid construction with

windows closed offers substantial protection from the effects of a toxic cloud,

while shanty house, which can exist close to factories, offer little or no

protection.

The major difference between releases of toxic and flainmable materials is

that toxic clouds are generally hazardous down to much lower concentrations,

and therefore hazardous over greater distances. Also, a toxic cloud drifting at,

say 30 meters per minute cover a large area of land very quickly. Any

consideration of evacuation must take this into account.

Although a plan shall have sufficient flexibility built in cover the

consequences of the range of accidents identified for the on-site plan, it is

suggested that it shall cover in some detail the handling of the emergency to a

particular distance from each major, hazardous works. This distance will be

judged to be similar to the separation zone distance.

71.1 Guideline for EPP

The following guidelinies have been giveni on some of the aspects to be included in

oil'-site emergency plan .

7-33

Organization

Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures,emergency control centers, names and appointimlents of incident controller, site main

controller, their deputies and other key personnel.

Communications

Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, and

list of telephone numbers.

Spccialized Emergency Equipment

Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, bulldozers, specified fire-

fighting equipment, fire boats.

Specialized Knowledge

Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it will be necessary to call,

e.g. those with specialized chemical knowledge, laboratories.

Voluntary Organizations

Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources, etc.

Chemical Information

Details of the hazardous substances stored or processed on each site and a summary

of the risks associated with, them.

Meteorological Infornnation

Arrangements lor obtaining details. of weather conditions prevailing at the time andweather forecasts.

Hulitannitari;n ArrAngeincts

.';t[l1S0-p. o ael centes emerigencly fccdini-. treatment of ijitired. firsi aid.aIi1btil;ailcs illcp)rary mortuaries.

7.3.4

'ublic Information

Arrangencltns for dealing with thlc media press ofTice, informning rclatives, etc.

Assessment

Arrangements for collecting information on the cause of the emergency, reviewing

the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

Role of Emergency Coordinating Ofricer

The various emergency services will be coordinated by an emergency coordinating

officer (ECO), who is likely to be senior police officer but, depending on the

circumstances, could be a senior fire ofticer. The ECO will liaise closely with the site

plan main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for severe incidents

with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the extemal control will pass to a

senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central

or state govemrnent.

Role of Major Hazard Works Management

Where the local authority has the organization to formnulate the plan, the role of works

management in off-site emergency planning will be the establish liaison with those

preparing the plans and to provide information appropriate to such plans. This will

include a description of possible on-site accidents with potential for off-site harm,

together with their consequences and an indication of the relative likelihood of the

accidents.

Advice shall bc provided by works management to all the outside orgnnizaltion, wlhich

will involve in handlinig the emergency off-site. This is required to familiarize

tlhemselves with some of the technical aspects of the works activities, suchi as

emereency scrvices, medical departnieiits and also water authorities. if water

colitamination could be a consequenice ol an accident.

7-3 5

7.13.2 Rolc of Local Authority

Projcci authority would appoint an emergency planning officer (EPO) who wculd beconversant with the conditions of the district, to carry out this duty as part of theEPO s role in. preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the localauthority area. The EPO would to liaise with the works to obtain the infornation toprovide the basis for the plan. This liaison would to be maintained to ensure that theplan is continually kept up to date.

ltwould-be the responsibilify of the EPO to ensure that all those organizatiots whichwvill be involved off-site in handling the emergency know their role and are able toacccpt it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to covertheir particular responsibilities.

Rehearsals for off-site plans are important for the same reasons as on-site plans villneed to be organized by the EPO.

Rolc of Police

The overall control of an emergency shall be assumed by the district police, with asenior officer of the rank of S.P. designated emergency coordinatine officer. Fonnalduties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property andcontrolling traffic movements. Their functions include controlling bystanders,evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties and informingrelatives of death or injury.

Role of Fire Authorities

The contiol of a fire is rormally the responsibility of the senior distric tfire brigadeofficcr wOho will ral(e over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller onant i\al at the site. The senior fire brigade officer will also have a similur responsibility

for othler events. suclvas explosioiis and toxic releases..Fire authorities having major

l;u/;ard worUs in] tlei ra- slhall have familiarized themselves with t(ie location oil the" tt 1f all stores of 1l1ai)imiable materials, vater and ftam supplv points. anod lire{i' Aitjt *euipmllttCNlt 'lli will well have been involved in on-sile enteergelecy

7-36

Rolc of Hicaltli Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, etc. have a

vital part to play following a major accident, and they shall form an integral part of

any emergency plan.

For major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to varyingdegree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases willbe releases, the effects vary according to the chemical in question, and it is importantfor district/tehsil health authorities who might be involved in dealing with theaftermath of a toxic release to be familiar with the treatment appropriate to such

casualties.

Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilitiesadditional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid" scheme shall exist toenable the assistance of neighbouring authorities to be obtained in the event of an

emergency.

Role of Safety Authorities

Factory inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization

responsible for producing the off-site plan has made. adequate arrangements of

handling emergencies of all types, including major emergencies. They will wish to

see well-documentated procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test theplan.

In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory

inspector will apply. These will vary from keeping a watching brief to a close

involvement in advising on operations. In cases where toxic gases will have been

released, the factory inspectorate will be the only extemal agency wvith equipment andresources to carry out- tests.

In tihe aftermath factory inspectors will wish to ensure that the affected areas arerehabilitated safely. In addition, they will require items of plant and equipment

essetitial for any subsequent investigation to be impounded for expern analysis, andwill also want to interview witnesses as soon as practicable.

7-37

7,13.3 Emergency Exercises and Rehearsals

Extensive experience in the industry with off-site emergency planning has proved the

need and value of rehearsals of emergency procedures.

The organization responsible for producing the off-site plan shall test its

arrangements in conjunction with on-site exercises. Table-top rehearsals have proved

extremely useful in such cases, although needing close control to maintain a sufficient

element of realism in the exercises.

An essential component of any trial is that of testing fully the various commurucation

links necessary to gather the information needed for overall coordinatioa e.g. between

works and emergency services, and between the works emergency control centre and

the incident.

Management's of major hazard works are well placed to advise on the setting up

rehearsals and particularly to advise on the scope of escalation in the degree of

emergency.

Structure and Elements of Emergency Response Systems

While differing in particulars, depending on the scope of the emergency, all responses

systems shall include the following elements.

7.13A4 The Alert System

This includes the establishment of suitable alam system, and a standard procedure

for transmritting the information on the occurrence of an accident to the appropriate

focal poir7t. The focal point or ECO will move up in the nierarchy, depending on the

level of the accident - regional or national.

Evaluation of Situation and Classification of the Accident

Basic information shall be provided enabling preliminary classification of the

accidei't, probable consequence and actions required. The person named as the focal

poinit shall conduct the initial appraisal. At the same time, detailed data and

information related to the accident are collected and internal, as well as external,

expertise shall be requested.

Decision and Alerting of Emergency Response System

In most accidents, time is the most important factor in cases of explosions, sudden

release of dangerous quantities of toxic chemicals into the environment and decision

must often be based only on preliminary data and insufficient expertise. Decision

shall be verified and corrected as soon as possible.

Provisioil for Information

Adequate flow of information shall assured to all relevant parties to ensure effective

and fast responses to the accident. The information shall be addressed to the

following:

- Operator's management, an industrial cooperative

- The focal point of a higher level

- Fire brigade

- Local police

- Local Military or civil defence service

- Local public health services, hospitals

- Local construction firms

- Local transport firms

- Local public

Others

Provision for External Help

]In many instances' accidents, inivolving the release of toxic cliemiicals into the

ellvilronm1ent cannot be effectively contained without some external help, or advice.

7-39

Some cxamples of the help or advice required include access to relevant information,

particularly to toxicological data, allowing classification of the accident and the

provision of qualified advice concerning protective equipment and remedial measures

necessary.

7 13.5 Decision on Implementation of Protective and Remedial Measures

Even at an early stage following the accident, the provision of effective protective

measures is of high priority. Simultaneously, possible future remedial or rehabilitative

activities shall be considered. This approach will prove itself not orily to be more

econornical, but it will also prevent a number of problems in the future. The following

actions will be required:

- Evacuation of the plant

- Evacuation of the population from the affected area

- Organization of receiving areas for the evacuated populations with adequate

supplies and facilities.

- Removal of the material spilled in the accident.

- In the event of a cut in water, gas or power supply, the provision of substitute

safe and reliable supplies.

- Changes of routes, for private and public transportation.

- Provision of adequate food supply for emnergency workers.

Continuous Monitoring of thte Post-Accident Situation, Adoption of Relevant

Dccisions and Measures

Monilorinig and evaluation of the public environmental health iiipacts of the accideni,

as well as the consequences ol' clhanges wvith time, on the wihole affected area, as

7-4)

csscntial for effective handling of the emergency. The measures adopted initially

must be modified as circumstances change in the specific situation.

Illaingcnance orCommnunication Links

There are a number of parties to whom regular information of the development of the

situation shall be provided. They include, for instance, governmental authority at the

appropriate level, health services, and the general public (preferably through a single

information officer to the mass media to ensure internally consistent reporting).

Highly qualified assistance; which can provide information based on previous

experience, and under the pressure prevailing at the time, and can estimate theprobable consequences of the accident under the prevailing conditions.

Services of qualified, reliable and tested welt-equipped laboratories, to

perform the necessary analyses and tests.

Provision of skilled personnel to deal effectively with the emergency.

- Provision of such material and equipment as will be necessary to provide

adequate protection and remedial measures.

In view of the serious consequences of a major emergency involving dangerous

chemicals, a high degree of accuracy and reliability has to be assured in relation to the

different classes of information that have to be supplied. The quality of data, inrelation to the detection and judgment on the seriousness of the emergency isespecially important. Effective information system shall provide ready access to

information tailored to the explicit needs to their users.

In general, however, the existing data and information systems do not contain all the

information needed in emergency condition. Extension and improvement of theinfomiation systems is urgently nee,ded.

7.13.6 Preparation of Plans for. Rehabilitation

Onlce tlle emergency is over, it is desirable to carry out a deuailed analysis of the

caulses of the accident, evaluate the influence of the various fliclors involved and

7-41

proposes methods to eliminate or minimise them for the future. At the same time, the

adequacy of the contingency plan shall be evaluated. Due attention shall be paid to

the efficiency of the emergency response system as well as the adequacy and timing

of the various components of the plan.

7.13.7 Preparation of the Final Report on the Accident

The final report on the accident shall provide a full picture of the accident, it causes

development, consequences,. process of handling of the emergency, implementation

of the emergency response sysltem and the results obtained. The shortcomings of thecontingency plan, failures, experiences and successes achieved in preventive,protective and rehabilitates measures shall also be recorded. The main objective ofthe final report is to record all experience and knowledge gained from the event to

provide the basis for future improvement of the contingency plan as well as the

development and practical application of emergency response systems.

7.13.8 Evacuation Plans

Guidelines for Evacuation Plans

In case of major accidents, it will be required to evacuate the near-by population.

Following aspects are to be considered while designing the evacuation plan.

* The important considerations in making evacuation decisions include:

Whether the hazardous material is being released into air, land and/or water

and its concentration

Size and duration of the release

Rate of release of material as well as the projected rate.

* Study the life and safeiy factors

* Sludy of the population in hazardous area

* Study of the population in threatened areas

7-42

* identifying people to be evacuated

* Study of the resources required for evacuation

Evacuation and Rehabilitation Tasks

The tasks include collection of information and study the following aspects:

- The specific area to be evacuated

- Informing the people about the evacuation

- Protective gear to be worn

- Instructions to be given to evacuees

- Transportation of evacuees who are without private transportation faciliti.es

- Emergency medical care of evacuees

- Assistance to specified population

- Traffic control

- Commrunication procedures

Security in evacuated areas

Sheltering of evacuees

Re-entry to evacuated areas

Medical Services

The following mn,edical facilities shall be provided in the area:

- hospital with M.edical officers, having facilities like X-ray and laborator\,

blood grouping facility, emergency survey, and two ambulances.

743

Industrial health center in factory premises where periodical medical check-

up, pre-employment medical check up, air monitoring, biological monitoring

and record maintaining facilities.

The Facilities, which shall be developed under the scheme, include:

* Fire Fighting Services

- Fire Brigades with necessary equipment and Fire-fighting personnel

- Fire fighting material like foam compound, AFFC etc.

- Breathing apparatus

* Medical Aid

- Ambulances

- Oxygen administering apparatus

- Medical and para-medical staff

- Antidotes

Transport service for evacuation

- Additional vehicles

7.13.9 Specific Recommendations for EPP

Based on the EPP, the following conclusions are drawn:

* There is no1 reauirement for permanent evacuation of neighbour-hood population

as there-Wihio population or habitations within I kIn radius the power plant.

nuwever,- tne population within 2 km radius from the power plant is required to

be altered for

* Probable 'Off-site emergencies, especially from loxic leaks due to chlorine.

7-44

• The District Administration and Local Community shail be involved in off-site

encergcncy rehearsals or simulations on regular basis.

* Suitable evacuation plans shall be developed for the population within 2 km

radius from the complex.

* Medical facilities within 2 km radius from the power plant shall be augmented

and shall be equipped with-antidotes.

Transport and communication facilities shall be established with-power plant and

community within 2 kmradius.

Public awareness shall be created about the nature of off-site emergencies and

required precautions.

7-45

Ft1 ~~~~~~~~Kf W[IL C 0 S .,,_lJ,IUCIGRJTF ESW Co an Adproc

(~2J~. -i 1 2:2 7KreditanstaJt fdrWiederaul'bau PCs4fach 11 1I41 60045 rankturt ameMain

By Courier Thamas HenkeThe World Bank our ret.: HnkDirector, South Asia Energy Sector Unit phone: +49869-7431-24291818 H. Street, N.W. email: thomas.henke(EDkfw.deWashington, D.C.,.20433 Date: June 25. 2002USA

L I b I - Financial Cooperation with IndiaIntegrated Solar Combined Cycle Power Plant MathaniaGEF Grant USD 45 million I GEF Technical Assistance Grant USD 4 millionUedated EIA Report. April 2002

Dear Sirs,

We received the updated Environmental Assessment (EIA) report on June 21, 2002. One copyis enclosed for your perusal. We have reviewed the updated I corrected version with regard toWorld Bank's and KfVV's earlier comments on the draft EIA report. Please find below ourcomments on the enclosed report dated April 2002.

1. General remarks:

The core chapter 4 - assessment of impacts - is concentrating mainly on the aspects of noiseand air pollution (NOx) which are treated exhaustively. Issues of water, soil, ecology and socialenvironment are in comparison mentioned shortly. Impacts on flora I fauna are neglected. Themain results are summarised in tables.We would like to point out that the term 'Impact' is again not fully understood. The chapter 4describes the results of activities and the expected 'emissions' and not really the expectedimpacts on the environment.

Due to the specific situation on the location (poor flora I fauna ,low population density etc.), thisdescription is nevertheless regarded as sufficient, considering the sound description of theproject, the actual environment and the environmental management plan.Extensive chapters dealing with risk assessment and a disaster management plan are includedin the report, which are normally not requested in ah EIA report, but give some valuableadditional aspects to environmental issues.

1I. Clarifications

With respect to the questions raised earlier, we can give you the following clarifications afterlooking at the new draft:

* LNG is now addressed through the report (instead of Naphtha).* The executive summary gives an,overview of the main findings of the report.

J:\Ll BiUHenelEnergielndien%2C00685482XGEF und Wettbank\20020625CoverLetterEIAReport.doc

KC,ed,l.nstall firr Wicdcrauib.. Pal.,,,ga,tenst 5-9 60325 F,ankfu"t Tel.: (069) 7431-0 Fax: (069) 7431-2944 SW.I.FT: KFWIDEFF wwwjkf..deVorsitzender desvematrea1aesratts. Hans Eichcl Vorstanid: Dr. Peter Klaus, Wolfgang Kroh. Detief Le,nbrrger, Ingrid Matthlus-Maie,, Hans W. Re,ch (Sprccheri

- 2 -

* The references to-World Bank environmental requirements are updated. Links to KtWrequirements are lacking, but in this case KfW anyhow closely follows the World Bankguidelines, hence no extra discussion is needed.

* Altemative technologies, as hydropower, conventional (coal) and nuclear are compared toISCC (Integrated Solar Combined Cycle) in a general way in form of a table without anyquantification. ISCC is presented as the only possible technology, as is the chosen site andthe plant design.

* The 'zero option' is not considered at all (=> ISCC is urgently needed to avoid powershortages and accompanying economic hardship). With respect to the specific localconditions and needs, we juggle this approach as acceptable.

* A map of the region is now included.* The greenbelt and its location is described in detail. Its purpose is seen in wind protection

and aesthetics (no longer in noise protection)* Wth respect to the ownership of land, there is no contradiction anymore. The construction

site is already owned by RSPCL (no settlements on this spot). Other land for future needs -only small surfaces - as solar fields and water storage should probably be acquired in future.

* In the EMP - Environmental Management Plan - is elaborated according to the guideline ofthe World Bank (environmental assessment sourcebook update no. 25 of January 1999).The main identified impacts as noise and NOx emissions are exhaustively treated. Water,soil protection and waste management are also covered as well as socio-economic aspects.The aspect 6f sexually transmitted diseases (especially during the construction phase in theworkers camp) is added. A monitoring system is proposed.

* As the issue EMP is well treated now, a more in-depth description of the kind of supportfrom the department of environment is not considered necessary.

* A detailed description of structure and tasks of the environmental cell is included in thereport, as' well as. the calculation of costs related to environmental protection measures.

Despite the minor weaknesses (see above), the present report is seen as fulfilling the maincriteria for an EIA and is therefore acceptable to us.

Sincerely yours,

KfW

OhIs Henke

Encl.

· 2017-03-08 · E620 Revised RAJASTIIAN STATE POWER CORPORATION LIMITED (Government of...

Documents

Transcript of · 2017-03-08 · E620 Revised RAJASTIIAN STATE POWER CORPORATION LIMITED (Government of...